summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-doc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2008-07-13 17:59:11 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2008-07-13 17:59:11 +0000
commitb7e66a6b6cb1baa32472a833104570649a9a98dc (patch)
tree34899772315961d52fe779c672aae7b86479284b /Master/texmf-doc
parent6bff296ca43bdcd3cdf8bda020bac086b4f072ec (diff)
move tex-refs sources to doc dir, like everything else
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@9520 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-doc')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-source.tar.gzbin0 -> 130491 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/AUTHORS7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/Makefile190
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/README61
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/RELEASE-NEWS120
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/THANKS21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/TODO35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/catalog.xml27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl71
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-table.xsl288
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl155
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-appendices.xml1011
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-bibtex.xml1345
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-makeindex.xml1158
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-metafont.xml17
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-metapost.xml340
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-pdftex.xml373
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-tex.xml13614
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-xindy.xml1434
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chunk.xsl151
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-common.xsl68
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-htmlhelp.xsl15
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-local.mapping.xml27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-pdf.xsl584
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-plucker.xsl18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-xinclude.xml274
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.ent40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.ist18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.xsl48
30 files changed, 0 insertions, 21634 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-source.tar.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-source.tar.gz
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..85f7e85cad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-source.tar.gz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/AUTHORS b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/AUTHORS
deleted file mode 100644
index 626accbf6c4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/AUTHORS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-AUTHORS file for tex-refs
-=========================
-
-Michael Wiedmann <mw@miwie.in-berlin.de>
-
---
-$Id: AUTHORS 123 2004-03-26 20:25:26Z mw $
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 61a4dcf2b41..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for tex-refs
-#
-# $Id: Makefile 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $
-
-PROJECT=tex-refs
-VERSION = 0.3.9
-TITLE="Ref. for TeX and Friends"
-
-DISTDIR = $(PROJECT)-$(VERSION)
-
-SRC_FILES=$(PROJECT)-xinclude.xml $(PROJECT)-chapter*.xml \
- $(PROJECT).ent $(PROJECT)-local.mapping.xml
-
-MOD_XSL_FILES = db2latex-mw-table.xsl \
- db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl \
- db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl
-
-DIST_FILES=$(SRC_FILES) GFDL README AUTHORS TODO RELEASE-NEWS THANKS \
- $(PROJECT).css $(PROJECT)*.xsl $(MOD_XSL_FILES) \
- catalog.xml $(PROJECT).ist Makefile
-
-OUT_FILES = $(PROJECT).html html $(PROJECT).css $(PROJECT).txt \
- $(PROJECT)-plucker.pdb $(PROJECT).pdf
-
-CLEAN_FILES = $(PROJECT).html $(PROJECT).txt $(PROJECT).pdf \
- $(PROJECT).chm $(PROJECT)-plucker.pdb html/* \
- $(PROJECT)-plucker-input.html \
- $(PROJECT).tex $(PROJECT).ind $(PROJECT).ilg \
- $(PROJECT).glo $(PROJECT).toc $(PROJECT).out \
- $(PROJECT).idx $(PROJECT).aux $(PROJECT).log
-
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-
-# name and options to 'xsltproc'
-XSLTPROC=xsltproc
-XSLTPROC_OPTS=--nonet #--verbose
-
-CHUNKDIR = html
-
-TIDY=tidy
-TIDY_OPTS=-mq --show-warnings false
-
-# XSL file to generate non-chunked HTML
-XSLFILE=$(PROJECT).xsl
-
-# XSL file to generate HTML for plucker
-XSLPLUCKERFILE=$(PROJECT)-plucker.xsl
-
-# XSL file to generate chunked HTML
-XSLCHUNKFILE=$(PROJECT)-chunk.xsl
-
-# XSL file with commoin customizations
-XSLCOMMONFILE=$(PROJECT)-common.xsl
-
-PDFLATEX=pdflatex
-PDFLATEX_OPTS=-interaction=nonstopmode
-
-PDFOPT=pdfopt-afpl
-
-MAKEINDEX=makeindex
-
-# XSL file for DB2LateX
-XSLPDFFILE=$(PROJECT)-pdf.xsl
-
-#####
-
-%.txt : %.html
- @# w3m wraps words like '\something' at the '\'
- @# w3m -dump -cols 72 $< > $@
- lynx -nolist -dump -width=72 $< > $@
- @# discard 'Index', it makes no sense in TXT output
- sed -e '/^Index/,$$d' \
- $@ > x.tmp && mv x.tmp $@
-
-#####
-
-# default target
-all: $(PROJECT).html chunk-html $(PROJECT).pdf $(PROJECT).txt \
- $(PROJECT)-plucker.pdb
-
-# make master document
-$(PROJECT).xml: $(SRC_FILES) Makefile $(PROJECT)-local.mapping.xml
- xmllint --nonet --output $@ --xinclude $(PROJECT)-xinclude.xml
-
-# HTML related targets
-$(PROJECT).html: $(PROJECT).xml $(XSLFILE) $(XSLCOMMONFILE)
- $(XSLTPROC) $(XSLTPROC_OPTS) --output $@ $(XSLFILE) $<
- -$(TIDY) $(TIDY_OPTS) $@
-
-chunk-html: $(CHUNKDIR)/index.html
-
-$(CHUNKDIR)/index.html : $(PROJECT).xml $(XSLCHUNKFILE) $(XSLCOMMONFILE)
- test -d $(CHUNKDIR) || mkdir $(CHUNKDIR) || exit 1
- $(RM) $(CHUNKDIR)/*
- $(XSLTPROC) -o $(CHUNKDIR)/ $(XSLCHUNKFILE) $<
- -(cd $(CHUNKDIR) && $(TIDY) $(TIDY_OPTS) *.html )
-
-# ASCII
-$(PROJECT).txt: $(PROJECT).html
-
-# PDF related targets
-$(PROJECT).tex: $(PROJECT).xml $(XSLPDFFILE) $(MOD_XSL_FILES)
- $(XSLTPROC) $(XSLTPROC_OPTS) --output $@ $(XSLPDFFILE) $<
-
-$(PROJECT).pdf: $(PROJECT).tex $(PROJECT).ist
- $(RM) $(PROJECT).aux $(PROJECT).toc $(PROJECT).ind
- $(PDFLATEX) $(PDFLATEX_OPTS) $< && \
- $(PDFLATEX) $(PDFLATEX_OPTS) $< && \
- ( test -s $(PROJECT).idx && \
- $(MAKEINDEX) -s $(PROJECT).ist $(PROJECT) || true ) && \
- $(PDFLATEX) $(PDFLATEX_OPTS) $< && \
- $(PDFOPT) $(PROJECT).pdf out.pdf && $(RM) $(PROJECT).pdf && \
- mv out.pdf $(PROJECT).pdf && \
- ls -l $(PROJECT).pdf
-
-# PDB related targets
-# generate PDB file for Palm reader 'plucker'
-# we generate a separate HTML file for plucker first, because
-# we cannot use the xhtml stylesheets and so have to provide a
-# separate XSL stylesheet file
-$(PROJECT)-plucker-input.html: $(PROJECT).xml $(XSLPLUCKERFILE) $(XSLCOMMONFILE)
- $(XSLTPROC) -o $@ $(XSLPLUCKERFILE) $<
-
-$(PROJECT)-plucker.pdb: $(PROJECT)-plucker-input.html
- plucker-build \
- --stayonhost \
- --zlib-compression \
- --doc-file=$(PWD)/$(PROJECT)-plucker \
- --doc-name=$(TITLE) \
- --exclusion-list=$(PROJECT)-plucker-exclude.txt \
- --noimages $(PROJECT)-plucker-input.html
-
-
-# local "enhancements"
-ifeq "$(wildcard Makefile.miwie)" "Makefile.miwie"
-include Makefile.miwie
-endif
-
-targets:
- @echo "Most important targets:"
- @echo
- @echo "all generate all available output formats"
- @echo
- @echo "$(PROJECT).html generate $(PROJECT).html"
- @echo "chunk-html generate chunked HTML output"
- @echo "$(PROJECT).pdf generate $(PROJECT).pdf"
- @echo "$(PROJECT).txt generate $(PROJECT).txt"
- @echo
- @echo "clean remove generated files"
- @echo "dist create tarball with source files"
-
-
-outfiles:
- -rm -fr $(PROJECT)-out-$(VERSION).tar.gz
- -rm -fr $(PROJECT)-out-$(VERSION).tar.bz2
- GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(PROJECT)-out-$(VERSION).tar.gz $(OUT_FILES)
- $(TAR) chojf $(PROJECT)-out-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 $(OUT_FILES)
- ls -l $(PROJECT)-out-$(VERSION).tar.gz
- ls -l $(PROJECT)-out-$(VERSION).tar.bz2
-
-install:
- @echo "Nothing to install..."
-
-uninstall:
- @echo "Nothing to uninstall..."
-
-clean:
- $(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
-
-distclean: clean
-
-dist: distdir
- @-chmod -R a+r $(DISTDIR)
- @GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(DISTDIR).tar.gz $(DISTDIR)
- @$(TAR) chojf $(DISTDIR).tar.bz2 $(DISTDIR)
- ls -l $(DISTDIR).tar.gz
- ls -l $(DISTDIR).tar.bz2
- ls -l $(PROJECT)-src.zip
- @-rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
-
-distdir: $(DIST_FILES)
- @-rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
- @mkdir $(DISTDIR)
- @-chmod 777 $(DISTDIR)
- @for file in $(DIST_FILES); do \
- test -f $(DISTDIR)/$$file \
- || ln ./$$file $(DISTDIR)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
- || cp -p ./$$file $(DISTDIR)/$$file; \
- done
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/README b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 90313b718a6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-README file for tex-refs
-========================
-
-$Id: README 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $
-
-This file contains very brief instructions on how to build the
-various output formats (in case you want to do this yourself for
-some reason or just want to see how we handle all the 'magic').
-
-
-Where to find
--------------
-
-You'll find the latest version of 'tex-refs' at
-http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/
-
-
-Requirements
-------------
-
-- DocBook XML V4.3
- Your Linux distribution should provide an up-to-date package for this.
-
-- DocBook XSL Stylesheets (V1.68.1 as of this writing)
- Your Linux distribution should provide a package for this.
- If you only find an older version, try it or get the tarball
- from »http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/«, install it
- at some place and adjust some pathnames in Makefile.cfg.in
-
-- XSLT processor
- At least »xsltproc« from libxslt/libxml2, and »Saxon« should work.
-
-- make
- Should already be installed on your system
-
-- db2latex (http://db2latex.sourceforge.net)
- If you want to generate PDF output you'll need this
-
-
-Usage
------
-- Use the "catalog.xml" file as a hint how to setup your own
- XML catalog or edit the XSL files to use absolute pathnames.
-
-- Run 'make targets'
- This lists the most important targets of the Makefile
-
-- Run 'make'
- This will generate all currently supported output files
-
-- Read over 'Makefile' if you want to know more details
-
-
-Contact
--------
-
-Contact the authors if you have any suggestions, enhancements,
-corrections, etc. Your contribution is very welcome.
-
---
-Michael Wiedmann <mw@miwie.in-berlin.de>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/RELEASE-NEWS b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/RELEASE-NEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index 53ad3a27536..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/RELEASE-NEWS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-$Id: RELEASE-NEWS 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $
-
-V0.3.9 050514:
-- Consistent naming scheme of IDs to ease the use of
- this reference for other projects
-- Added new section "float" in chapter "LaTeX"
-
-V0.3.8 041029:
-- Minor changes in "\maketitle"
-
-V0.3.7 040826:
-- Corrected typos and markup errors in chapter "BibTeX"
-- Switched to DocBook XML V4.3
-- Added new section "Options" in chapter "LaTeX"
-
-V0.3.6 040621:
-- Added a note in chapter "LaTeX" with the copyright
- and permission notice of the original file "latex2.texi"
-- Corrected typos and added missing hyperlinks
- in chapter xindy
-- PDF file optimized/linearized and some finetuning
-
-V0.3.5 040501:
-- Added content to chapters Metapost and pdfTeX
-- Enhanced index for chapter MakeIndex
-
-V0.3.4 040424:
-- Added missing entries to chapter MakeIndex
-- Version control system changed from CVS to SVN
-
-V0.3.3 040126:
-- Corrected again section "Output Style Specifiers" and
- "Input Style Specifiers" of chapter "MakeIndex"
-- Corrected some symbols in the index
-
-V0.3.2 040116:
-- corrected sections "Output Style Specifiers" and
- "Input Style Specifiers" of chapter "MakeIndex"
-- enhanced index in PDF
-
-V0.3.1 040105:
-- more work on PDF
-- modularized XSL stylesheet files
-
-V0.3.0 031225:
-- document root changed to book
-- more work on PDF
-
-V0.2.6 031027:
-- rearranged appendix
-- work on PDF version
-
-V0.2.5 031017:
-- added GNU FDL in appendix
-- using new XSL stylesheets V1.62.4
-- switched to xsltproc as XSLT-processor
-- reedited some deeply nested sections
-
-V0.2.4 030906:
-- added subsection dcolumn
-- subsection fontenc translated into english
-- corrected typo in \sbox
-
-V0.2.3 030412:
-- provide PDF output file
-- reedited (beautified) sections LaTeX / Commands /
- Counters | Cross References | Definitions | Layout |
- Environments | Footnotes
-
-V0.2.2 030126:
-- add bzip2 compressed version of source and outfiles tarball
-- new XSL stylesheets V1.60.1
-- eliminated morespurious &Circ; characters
-
-V0.2.1 030118:
-- new XSL stylesheets V1.59.2
-- eliminated spurious &Circ; characters
-
-V0.2.0 030111:
-- license changed to GNU FDL
-- reworked subsection 'inputenc'
-- added subscetion 'Commands and Parameters' to section 'PSTricks'
-
-V0.1.3 021017:
-- start rework on 'KOMA-Script' section
-- added subsection 'List of Additional PSTricks packages'
-- using new XSL stylesheets V1.56.1
-
-V0.1.2 021001:
-- reworked 'hyperref' section
-
-V0.1.1 020919:
-- added template sections for 'PiCTeX' and 'Texinfo'
-- using new XSL stylesheets V1.55.0
-- added missing CSS file to outfiles tarball
-- corrected wrong FPI
-
-V0.1.0 020820:
-- eliminated trailing '.' in numbered sections
-- minor markup errors corrected
-- reworked CSS file
-
-V0.0.5 020810:
-- Switched to DocBook XML 4.2
-- Sections 'Bibindex' and 'xindy' finished
-
-V0.0.4 020725:
-- Section 'Makeindex' finished
-
-V0.0.3 020713:
-- New XSL stylesheets solve bug in creating index (no other changes)
-
-V0.0.2 020705:
-- New (template) sections 'fontinst', 'Bibtex', 'Makeindex', and 'xindy'
-- New section 'Special Symbols'
-- Added information for 'german' package
-- Registered as a new project (tex-refs) on freshmeat.net
-
-V0.0.1 020621:
-- first official announcement
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/THANKS b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/THANKS
deleted file mode 100644
index 639a870c295..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/THANKS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-THANKS file for tex-refs
-========================
-
-$Id: THANKS 142 2004-10-24 15:13:24Z mw $
-
-The following people have contributed substantial parts to
-this documentation project or helped in some other way:
-
-Karl Berry
-Wolfgang Borgert
-Ramon Casellas
-James Devenish
-Peter Karp
-Werner Lemberg
-Rolf Niepraschk
-Simon Pepping
-Bob Stayton
-Herbert Voss
-
---
-Michael Wiedmann <mw@miwie.in-berlin.de>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/TODO b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/TODO
deleted file mode 100644
index e4b15490e1f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/TODO
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-TODO file for tex-refs
-======================
-
-$Id: TODO 142 2004-10-24 15:13:24Z mw $
-
-- Add more content
- There are still a lot of sections without content.
- Any input will be appreciated.
-
-- Provide conversion to vim-help
- Information about the - very simple format - is available.
- Contact Michael Wiedmann <mw@miwie.in-berlin.de> for more
- information on this topic.
- It will be necessary to generate multiple output files,
- maybe on the first section level. At least »Saxon« and
- »xsltproc« can do this. Look at 'html/chunk.xsl' of the
- DocBook XSL Stylesheets to find a starting point.
-
-- Provide conversion to Texinfo
- There is a Perl script package (docbook2X-0.8.2) at sourceforge
- which should do the job. Unfortunately the available package for
- Debian/GNU Linux is rather old (0.5.1) and fails with our document.
- My first tests using the actual version from source were _not_
- successful. I contacted the author Steve Cheng and he promised
- to have a look at my reported problems. Unfortunately I didn't
- hear anything from him again since then.
-
-- Proofread content
-
-- Enhance CSS file
---
-Michael Wiedmann <mw@miwie.in-berlin.de>
-
-
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/catalog.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/catalog.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c3daf329206..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/catalog.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<!--
- Use this as an example how to setup an XML catalog for DocBook XML,
- DocBook XSL, and DB2LaTeX XSL. Don't forget to tell your XSLT
- processor to use XML catalogs.
-
- $Id: catalog.xml 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $
--->
-
-<catalog xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:entity:xmlns:xml:catalog">
-
- <public publicId="-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
- uri="file:///var/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/4.2/docbookx.dtd"/>
-
- <system systemId="db2latex.xsl"
- uri="file:///usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/xsl/db2latex/latex/docbook.xsl"/>
-
- <system systemId="docbook-xhtml.xsl"
- uri="file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/stylesheet/nwalsh/xhtml/docbook.xsl"/>
-
- <system systemId="docbook-html.xsl"
- uri="file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/stylesheet/nwalsh/html/docbook.xsl"/>
-
- <system systemId="docbook-html-chunk.xsl"
- uri="file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/stylesheet/nwalsh/html/chunk.xsl"/>
-
-</catalog>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e12fd8946a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
-<!--####################################################################
- | $Id: db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl 125 2004-04-06 19:55:32Z mw $
- | $Author: mw $
- + ################################################################# -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0"
- exclude-result-prefixes="doc" version="1.0">
-
- <!-- DOCUMENTATION -->
- <doc:reference id="itemizedlists" xmlns="">
- <referenceinfo>
- <releaseinfo role="meta">
- $Id: db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl 125 2004-04-06 19:55:32Z mw $
- </releaseinfo>
- <authorgroup>
- <author><firstname>Michael</firstname> <surname>Wiedmann</surname></author>
- </authorgroup>
- <copyright>
- <year>2004</year>
- <holder>Michael Wiedmann</holder>
- </copyright>
- </referenceinfo>
-
- <title>Lists <filename>db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl</filename></title>
- <partintro>
- <section>
- <title>Introduction</title>
- <para>Especially for itemizedlist which contain only short lines
- of text LaTeX's default vertical space between items is IMHO
- too excessive. <filename>mdwlist.sty</filename> provides
- "compacted itemize environments" with less vertical space
- between items.
- </para>
- <para>
- If the "spacing" attribute of the "itemizedlist" element
- contains "compact" we use these modified itemize
- environments instead of the standard LaTeX ones.
- </para>
- <para>Ensure that "\usepackage{mdwlist}" is output
- somewhere in your stylesheets.
- </para>
- </section>
- </partintro>
- </doc:reference>
-
- <xsl:output method="text" encoding="ISO-8859-1" indent="yes"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="itemizedlist">
- <xsl:if test="title"><xsl:apply-templates select="title"/></xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@spacing='compact'">
- <xsl:text>&#10;\begin{itemize*}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>&#10;\begin{itemize}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="listitem"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@spacing='compact'">
- <xsl:text>&#10;\end{itemize*}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>&#10;\end{itemize}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-table.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-table.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index a76f7886e6c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-table.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0'?>
-<!--####################################################################
- | $Id: db2latex-mw-table.xsl 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $
- | $Author: mw $
- + ################################################################# -->
-
-
-<xsl:stylesheet
- xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0"
- exclude-result-prefixes="doc" version='1.0'>
-
- <xsl:template name="table.format.tabularx">
- <xsl:param name="cols" select="1"/>
- <xsl:param name="i" select="1"/>
- <xsl:param name="colsep" select="1"/>
- <!-- sum of numeric portions in 1*-like colwidths -->
- <xsl:param name="starfactor" select="0"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- Out of the recursive iteration -->
- <xsl:when test="$i > $cols"></xsl:when>
- <!-- There are still columns to count -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:variable name="userwidth">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="./colspec[@colnum=$i]">
- <xsl:value-of select="./colspec[@colnum=$i]/@colwidth"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="./colspec[position()=$i]/@colwidth"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:variable name="useralign">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="./colspec[@colnum=$i]">
- <xsl:value-of select="./colspec[@colnum=$i]/@align"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="./colspec[position()=$i]/@align"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:variable name="width">
- <xsl:variable name="cells" select="thead/row/entry[$i]|tbody/row/entry[$i]"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="string-length($userwidth)=0 and count($cells//itemizedlist|$cells//orderedlist|$cells//variablelist)&gt;0">
- <!-- In these specific circumstances, we MUST use a line-wrapped column
- and yet the user hasn't specified one. -->
- <xsl:value-of select="'1*'"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <!-- In the general case, we just do what the user wants (may even
- have no pre-specified width). -->
- <xsl:value-of select="$userwidth"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:variable>
-<!-- Try to take heed of colspecs -->
-<xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$width!=''">
- <xsl:text>&gt;{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="contains($width,'*')">
- <!-- see tabularx documentation -->
- <xsl:text>\hsize=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($width,'*') * $starfactor" />
- <xsl:text>\hsize</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='left'"><xsl:text>\RaggedRight</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='right'"><xsl:text>\RaggedLeft</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='center'"><xsl:text>\Centering</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='char' and $latex.use.dcolumn='1'">
- <xsl:variable name="char" select="(./colspec[@colnum=$i]/@char|./colspec[position()=$i]/@char)[1]"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$char=''"><xsl:text>d</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>D{<xsl:value-of select="$char"/>}{<xsl:value-of select="$char"/>}{-1}</xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign!=''"><xsl:message>Table column '<xsl:value-of select="$useralign"/>' alignment is not supported.</xsl:message></xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains($width,'*')">
- <xsl:text>X</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>p{</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="$width" /><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="$i&lt;$cols and $colsep='1'">
- <xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='left'"><xsl:text>l</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='right'"><xsl:text>r</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='center'"><xsl:text>c</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='justify'"><xsl:text>X</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$useralign='char' and $latex.use.dcolumn='1'">
- <xsl:variable name="char" select="(./colspec[@colnum=$i]/@char|./colspec[position()=$i]/@char)[1]"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$char=''"><xsl:text>d</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>D{<xsl:value-of select="$char"/>}{<xsl:value-of select="$char"/>}{-1}</xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>c</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="$useralign!=''">
- <xsl:message>Table column '<xsl:value-of select="$useralign"/>' alignment is not supported.</xsl:message>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="$i&lt;$cols and $colsep='1'">
- <xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-<!-- Recursive for next column -->
-<xsl:call-template name="table.format.tabularx">
- <xsl:with-param name="i" select="$i+1"/>
- <!-- Added by MW, 2003-10-19 -->
- <xsl:with-param name="colsep" select="$colsep"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="cols" select="$cols"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="starfactor" select="$starfactor"/>
-</xsl:call-template>
-</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-<xsl:template match="tgroup">
- <xsl:variable name="align" select="@align"/>
-
-<!-- Changed by MW, 2003-10-19 -->
-<xsl:variable name="colsep">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="string-length(@colsep)&lt;1">0</xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="@colsep"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:variable>
-
-<xsl:variable name="frame">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="string-length(../@frame)&lt;1">all</xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="../@frame"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:variable>
-<xsl:variable name="colspecs" select="./colspec"/>
-<xsl:variable name="usex">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$latex.use.ltxtable='1'">
- <xsl:text>0</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- if there are lists within cells, we need tabularx -->
- <xsl:when test="$latex.use.tabularx=1 and (descendant::itemizedlist|descendant::orderedlist|descendant::variablelist)">
- <xsl:text>1</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
-<!-- if there are instances of 1*-style colwidths, we need tabularx -->
-<xsl:when test="$latex.use.tabularx=1 and contains(colspec/@colwidth,'*')">
- <xsl:text>1</xsl:text>
-</xsl:when>
-<!-- if there are colspecs with 'justify' alignment and no explicit width, we need tabularx -->
-<xsl:when test="$latex.use.tabularx=1 and count(colspec[@align='justify'])&gt;0">
- <xsl:text>1</xsl:text>
-</xsl:when>
-<xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>0</xsl:text>
-</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:variable>
-<xsl:variable name="useminipage">
-<!-- Hack to get around LaTeX issue with tabular (not necessary with tabularx).
- This is NOT a good solution, and has problems of its own, but at least the footnotes
- do not actually disappear (which is what would otherwise happen). -->
-<xsl:if test="count(.//footnote)!=0">1</xsl:if>
-</xsl:variable>
-<xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$usex='1'">
- <xsl:text>\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$latex.use.ltxtable='1'">
- <xsl:text>\begin{longtable}{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:if test="$useminipage='1'"><xsl:text>\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#10;</xsl:text></xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\begin{tabular}{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-<xsl:if test="$frame='all' or $frame='sides'">
- <xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
-</xsl:if>
-<xsl:variable name="cols">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@cols">
- <xsl:value-of select="@cols"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="count(tbody/row[1]/entry)"/>
- <xsl:message>Warning: table lacks cols attribute. Assuming <xsl:value-of select="count(tbody/row[1]/entry)"/>.</xsl:message>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:variable>
-<xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$usex=1">
- <xsl:call-template name="table.format.tabularx">
- <xsl:with-param name="cols" select="$cols"/>
- <!-- Changed by MW, 2003-10-19 -->
- <xsl:with-param name="colsep" select="$colsep"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="starfactor">
- <xsl:call-template name="generate.starfactor">
- <xsl:with-param name="cols" select="$cols"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
-</xsl:when>
-<xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="table.format.tabular">
- <xsl:with-param name="cols" select="$cols"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
-</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-<xsl:if test="$frame='all' or $frame='sides'">
- <xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
-</xsl:if>
-<xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
-<xsl:if test="$frame!='sides' and $frame!='none' and $frame!='bottom'">
- <xsl:text>\hline &#10;</xsl:text>
-</xsl:if>
-<!-- APPLY TEMPLATES -->
-<xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$latex.use.ltxtable='1'">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="thead"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="tfoot"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="tbody"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="thead"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="tbody"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="tfoot"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-<!-- -->
-<xsl:if test="$frame!='sides' and $frame!='none' and $frame!='top'">
- <xsl:text>\hline &#10;</xsl:text>
-</xsl:if>
-<xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$usex=1">
- <xsl:text>\end{tabularx}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$latex.use.ltxtable='1'">
- <xsl:text>\end{longtable}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <!-- catcode touchup ARGH -->
- <xsl:call-template name="generate.latex.cell.separator">
- <xsl:with-param name="which" select="'post'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
-</xsl:when>
-<xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\end{tabular}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="$useminipage='1'"><xsl:text>\end{minipage}&#10;</xsl:text></xsl:if>
-</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- this lets us specify vertical space between rows -->
-<xsl:template match="tbody/row">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text> \tabularnewline</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'db2latex:rowvspace')">
- <!-- FIXME: let user specify amount of vert. spcace -->
- <xsl:text>[1ex]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="generate.table.row.separator"/>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template name="table.row.separator">
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index f81e32eef78..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
-<!--####################################################################
- | $Id: db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $
- | $Author: mw $
- + ################################################################# -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0"
- exclude-result-prefixes="doc" version="1.0">
-
- <!-- DOCUMENTATION -->
- <doc:reference id="variablelists" xmlns="">
- <referenceinfo>
- <releaseinfo role="meta">
- $Id: db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $
- </releaseinfo>
- <authorgroup>
- <author><firstname>Michael</firstname> <surname>Wiedmann</surname></author>
- </authorgroup>
- <copyright>
- <year>2004</year>
- <holder>Michael Wiedmann</holder>
- </copyright>
- </referenceinfo>
-
- <title>Lists <filename>db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl</filename></title>
- <partintro>
- <section>
- <title>Introduction</title>
- <para>This customization of "variablelist" depends on the usage
- of one of KOMA document classes (scrbook, scrartcl, etc.).
- You have to ensure that your stylesheets outputs a
- corresponding line, like "\documentclass{scrXXXX}".
- </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>If the attribute 'role' contains
- 'db2latex:multiterm' we use a 'parbox' for every
- 'item'. Otherwise the item's could be too long to
- fit on one line.
- Use this if your list contains many 'term's.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>If the attribute 'role' contains
- 'db2latex:nonoindent' we don't output '\noindent'
- before the environment.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>If the 'role' attribute contains
- 'db2latex:labeling' as value we use KOMA's
- 'labeling' environment.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>If the attribute 'termlength' is
- non-empty we use this numeric value as a hint
- for 'labeling' for the width of the 'item's
- (defaults to 5).
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- </partintro>
- </doc:reference>
-
- <xsl:output method="text" encoding="ISO-8859-1" indent="yes"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="variablelist">
-
- <xsl:text>% MW: variablelist &#10;</xsl:text>
-
- <xsl:variable name="helpstring">123456789012345</xsl:variable>
- <xsl:if test="title">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="title"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@role,'db2latex:nonoindent')">
- <!-- noop -->
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\noindent&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@role,'db2latex:labeling')">
- <xsl:text>\begin{labeling}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@termlength!=''">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring($helpstring,1,number(@termlength))"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>12345</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="varlistentry"/>
- <xsl:text>\end{labeling}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@role,'db2latex:compact')">
- <xsl:text>\begin{description*}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="varlistentry"/>
- <xsl:text>\end{description*}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@role,'db2latex:multiterm')">
- <xsl:text>\begin{description}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="varlistentry">
- <xsl:with-param name="multiterm" select="1"/>
- </xsl:apply-templates>
- <xsl:text>\end{description}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\begin{description}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="varlistentry"/>
- <xsl:text>\end{description}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="varlistentry">
- <xsl:text>&#10;% MW: varlistentry &#10;</xsl:text>
- <!-- <xsl:variable name="id"> -->
- <xsl:call-template name="label.id" />
- <!-- </xsl:variable> -->
- <xsl:param name="multiterm" select="0" />
- <xsl:text>&#10;% MW: varlistentry after label.id &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% \null is a trick&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$multiterm > 0">
- <xsl:text>\item[{\parbox[b]{0.5\linewidth}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="term">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="position()!=last()">
- <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>}}]\null{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\item[{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="term">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="position()!=last()">
- <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>}]\null{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="listitem"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-appendices.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-appendices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c4312567875..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-appendices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1011 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-chapter-appendices.xml 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $ -->
-
-<appendix id="appendices" lang="en">
- <title id="appendices-title">Appendices</title>
-
- <section id="issues">
- <title id="known-issues-title">Bugs / Known Issues / Missing Features</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Known Issues</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>PDF</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The PDF file is an experimental version generated using
- <ulink url="http://dblatex.sf.net">DB2&latex;</ulink>.
- There is much room for improvements and we will work on
- this.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Texinfo</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Currently we don't know any working solution to convert
- DocBook XML to Texinfo (at least not for a complex
- document). Anyone who wants to work on this issue is
- highly welcome. A starting point could be the
- <emphasis>docbook2X</emphasis> project at
- <ulink url="http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net">http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net</ulink>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>vim-help</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Quite a few poeple are asking for a version in vim-help format.
- <ulink url="mailto:srinath@eecs.berkeley.edu">Srinath Avadhanula</ulink>
- has already done some work on this.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="about">
- <title id="about-title">About this Document</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>About this Document</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The source format of this document is
- <ulink
- url="http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/docbook/">&docbookxml;</ulink>.
- </para>
- <para>The various output formats were generated using:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- <ulink url="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/">&xsltp;</ulink>
- as XSLT processor
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- <ulink
- url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook">&docbookxsl;</ulink>
- for HTML
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- <ulink url="http://db2latex.sf.net/">&db2latex;</ulink>
- for &latex;/PDF
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- <literal>&komabook;</literal> of
- <ulink url="ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/">&komascript;</ulink>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><ulink url="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/fonts/ps-type1/lm/tex/latex/lm/">&lmodern;</ulink></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>&pdflatex; (3.14159-1.10b) for generating PDF output</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>You'll always find the newest version of this document at
- <ulink url="http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/">
- http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/</ulink>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="release-news">
- <title>Release News</title>
-
- <variablelist role="db2latex:nonoindent;db2latex:labeling"
- termlength="15">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V&rev; &abbrdate;</term>
- <listitem>tbd.</listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.9 05-05-14</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>Consistent naming scheme of IDs to ease the use
- of this reference for other projects
- </listitem>
- <listitem>Added new section <link linkend="float">float</link>
- in chapter <link linkend="latex">&latex;</link>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.8 04-10-28</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>Minor changes in
- <link linkend="page-styles">\maketitle</link></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.7 04-08-26</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Corrected typos and markup errors in chapter
- <link linkend="bibtex">&bibtex;</link></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Switched to DocBook XML V4.3</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added new section
- <link linkend="opt-latex">Options</link> in
- chapter <link linkend="latex">&latex;</link></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.6 04-06-21</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added a note in chapter
- <link linkend="latex">&latex;</link> with the
- copyright and permission notice of the original file
- <filename>latex2.texi</filename>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Corrected typos and added missing hyperlinks
- in chapter <link linkend="xindy">&xindy;</link></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>PDF file optimized/linearized and some
- finetuning</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.5 04-05-01</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added content to chapters
- <link linkend="metapost">&metapost;</link> and
- <link linkend="pdftex">&pdftex;</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Enhanced index for chapter
- <link linkend="metapost">&makeindex;</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.4 04-04-24</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- Version control system changed from CVS to SVN
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- Added missing entries to chapter
- <link linkend="makeindex">&makeindex;</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.3 04-01-26</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Corrected again section
- <link linkend="makeindex-output-style-specs">Output Style
- Specifiers</link> and
- <link linkend="makeindex-style">Input Style Specifiers</link>
- of chapter
- <link linkend="makeindex">&makeindex;</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Corrected some symbols in the index
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.2 04-01-16</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Corrected sections
- <link linkend="makeindex-output-style-specs">Output Style
- Specifiers</link> and
- <link linkend="makeindex-style">Input Style Specifiers</link>
- of chapter
- <link linkend="makeindex">&makeindex;</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Enhanced index in PDF
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.1 04-01-06</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>More work on PDF</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Modularized XSL stylesheet files</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Corrected some typos</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.3.0 03-12-25</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Changed document root to
- <emphasis>book</emphasis></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>More work on PDF version</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.64.1</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Minor fixes</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.2.6 03-10-27</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Rearranged appendix</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Work on PDF version</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.2.5 03-10-17</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added contents of
- <link linkend="gfdl">GNU FDL</link> in appendix
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.62.4</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Switched to
- <ulink url="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/"><literal>xsltproc</literal></ulink>
- as XSLT-processor
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Reedited some deeply nested sections</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Changed colors in CSS</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.2.4 03-09-06</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added subsection
- <link linkend="dcolumn"><literal>dcolumn</literal></link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Subsection
- <link linkend="fontenc"><literal>fontenc</literal></link>
- translated into english
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Corrected typo in
- <link linkend="cmd-sbox"><filename role="nohyphenation">\sbox</filename></link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.2.3 03-04-12</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Provide PDF output using <ulink url="http://www.pragma-ade.com/">&context;</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.hobby.nl/~scaprea/context/index.html">&dic;</ulink> (still experimental)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Reedited (beautified) sections LaTeX / Commands / <link linkend="counters">Counters</link> | <link linkend="cross-references">Cross References</link> | <link linkend="definitions">Definitions</link> | <link linkend="layout">Layout</link> | <link linkend="env-latex">Environments</link> | <link linkend="footnotes">Footnotes</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.2.2 03-01-26</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added bzip2 compressed version of source and
- outfiles tarball
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.60.1
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Eliminated more spurious &amp;Acirc;
- characters in HTML output
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.2.1 03-01-18</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.59.2</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Eliminated spurious &amp;Acirc; characters</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.2.0 03-01-11</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.58.1</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Minor changes to CSS file
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>License changed to
- <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</ulink>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added subsection
- <link linkend="pstricks-commands">Commands and Parameters</link>
- to section
- <link linkend="pstricks">&pstricks;</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Reworked <link
- linkend="inputenc">inputenc</link> section
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.1.3 02-10-17</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- Started rework of
- <link linkend="komascript">&komascript;</link>
- section
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added subsection
- <link linkend="pstricks-add-packages">
- Additional &pstricks; Packages</link></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.56.1</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.1.2 02-10-01</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Reworked
- <link linkend="hyperref">hyperref</link>
- section
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.1.1 02-09-19</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added template sections for
- <link linkend="pictex">&pictex;</link>
- and <link linkend="texinfo">&texinfo;</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added subsection
- <link linkend="release-news">Release News</link>
- in appendix
- <link linkend="about">About this Document</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.55.0</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added missing CSS file to outfiles tarball</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Corrected wrong FPI</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.1.0 02-08-20</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Eliminated trailing '.' in numbered sections</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Minor markup errors corrected</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Reworked CSS file</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.0.5 02-08-10</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Switched to DocBook XML 4.2</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Sections 'Bibindex' and 'xindy' completed</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.0.4 02-07-25</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Section 'Makeindex' completed</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.0.3 02-07-13</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>New XSL stylesheets solve bug in creating
- index (no other changes)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.0.2 02-07-05</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>New (template) sections 'fontinst', 'Bibtex',
- 'Makeindex', and 'xindy'
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>New section 'Special Symbols'</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Added information for 'german' package</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Registered as a new project (tex-refs)
- on freshmeat.net
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>V0.0.1 02-06-21</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>First official announcement</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="gfdl">
- <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title>
- <bridgehead>Version 1.2, November 2002</bridgehead>
-
-<programlisting role="normal">
- Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-0. PREAMBLE
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-
-1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
-refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
-
-A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
-within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
-
-The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
-
-A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
-or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
-HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
-transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
-include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
-proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
-processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
-processors for output purposes only.
-
-The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
-
-2. VERBATIM COPYING
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-
-3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-
-4. MODIFICATIONS
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
- (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
- of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
- if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
- Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
- Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
- unless they release you from this requirement.
-C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
- giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
- terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
- and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
- to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
- publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
- there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
- given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
- Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
- public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
- the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
- it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
- You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
- least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
- publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
- the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
- and/or dedications given therein.
-L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
- or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-
-5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
-Entitled "Endorsements".
-
-
-6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-
-7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-
-
-8. TRANSLATION
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
-its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
-
-
-9. TERMINATION
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-
-10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
-http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
- Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
- A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
- Free Documentation License".
-
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
-
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
- Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
-</programlisting>
-
- </section>
-
- <index id="tex-refs-idx">
- </index>
-
-</appendix>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-bibtex.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-bibtex.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cb397dd336e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-bibtex.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1345 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-chapter-bibtex.xml 139 2004-08-26 16:58:10Z mw $ -->
-
-<chapter id="bibtex" lang="en">
- <title id="bibtex-title">&bibtex;</title>
- <indexterm><primary>BibTeX</primary></indexterm>
-
- <note><para>The contents of this section was taken from the HTML
- helppages for &bibtex; of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).
- </para></note>
-
- <para>Invokes the &bibtex; utility to compile a bibliography file
- for &latex;. Full details can be found in
- "&latex;: A Document Preparation System" by Leslie Lamport.
- </para>
-
- <section id="bibtex-parameters">
- <title>Parameters</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Parameters</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>bibliography-file-spec</literal></para>
- <para>Specifies the name of the bibliography database file
- to be compiled by &bibtex;. If the file specification does
- not include a file type, &bibtex; assumes a default type of BIB.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-command-qualifiers">
- <title>Command Qualifiers</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Command Qualifiers</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>/BIBINPUTS /BIBINPUTS=(name,...)</literal></para>
- <para>Specify directories containing input files, and the order
- in which they will be searched to locate each input file.
- A null value in the list indicates the current directory.
- The search procedure &tex; uses to locate input files is to
- first search your default directory and then search each of
- the directories specified by the <literal>/BIBINPUTS</literal>
- option.
- </para>
- <para>Default is <literal>/BIBINPUTS=(TEX_BIB:)</literal>;
- &tex; looks in the directory associated with the logical name
- <literal>TEX_BIB.</literal>
- </para>
- <para><literal>/STATS /STATS /NOSTATS [D]</literal></para>
- <para>This qualifier is used while debugging
- <literal>.BST</literal> files to determine BIBTEX memory usage.
- </para>
- <para><literal>/TEXINPUTS /TEXINPUTS=(name,...)</literal></para>
- <para>Specify directories containing input files, and the order
- in which they will be searched to locate each input file.
- A null value in the list indicates the current directory.
- The search procedure &tex; uses to locate input files is to
- first search your default directory and then search each of
- the directories specified by the
- <literal>/TEXINPUTS</literal> option.
- </para>
- <para>Default is <literal>/TEXINPUTS=(TEX_INPUTS)</literal>;
- &tex; looks in the directory associated with the logical name
- <literal>TEX_INPUTS</literal>.
- </para>
- <para><literal>/TRACE /TRACE /NOTRACE [D]</literal></para>
- <para>This qualifier is used while debugging
- <literal>.BST</literal> files to follow program flow.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-bib-files">
- <title>bib files</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bib files</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>This help entry contains the same information as
- Appendix B of the &latex; manual. It describes the format
- of a bibliography database (<literal>.BIB</literal>) file.
- </para>
- <para>A bibliography database file may contains two types
- of entry - an abbreviation definition or a reference entry
- for citation.
- </para>
-
- <section id="bibtex-string-command">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">@STRING</filename> command</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bib files</secondary>
- <tertiary>@STRING command</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>@STRING</literal> command is used to define
- abbreviations for use by &bibtex; within the bibliography
- database file. The command
- <programlisting> @string{jgg1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}</programlisting>
- defines 'jgg1' to be the abbreviation for the string
- "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1". Parentheses can be used
- in place of the outermost braces in the @string command,
- and braces can be used instead of the quotation marks.
- The text must have matching braces.
- </para>
- <para>The case of letters is ignored in an abbreviation as well
- as in the command name @string, so the command above could
- have been written:
- <programlisting> @STRING{JgG1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"} </programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>A <literal>@string</literal> command can appear anywhere
- before or between entries in a bibliography database file.
- However, it must come before any use of the abbreviation,
- so a sensible place for <literal>@string</literal> commands
- is at the beginning of the file. A <literal>@string</literal>
- command in the bibliography database file takes precedence
- over a definition made by the bibliography style, so it can
- be used to change the definition of an abbreviation such as
- 'Feb'.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-format">
- <title>Entry Format</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bib files</secondary>
- <tertiary>Entry Format</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>A bibliography database file contains a series of
- reference entries like the following:
- <programlisting> @BOOK{kn:gnus,
- AUTHOR = "Donald E. Knudson",
- TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
- PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
- ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>@BOOK</literal> states that this is an
- entry of type book. various entry types are described below.
- The 'kn:gnus' is the citation key, as it appears in the
- argument of a <literal>\cite</literal> command referring
- to the entry.
- </para>
- <para>This entry has four fields, named
- <literal>AUTHOR</literal>, <literal>TITLE</literal>,
- <literal>PUBLISHER</literal> and <literal>ADDRESS</literal>.
- The meanings of these and other fields are described below.
- A field consists of the name, an '=' character with optional
- space around it, followed by its text. The text of a field
- is a string of characters, with no unmatched braces,
- surrounded by either a pair of braces or a pair of '"'
- characters. Entry fields are separated from one another,
- and from the citation key, by commas. A comma may have
- optional space around it.
- </para>
- <para>The outermost braces that surround the entire entry
- may be replaced by parentheses. As in &tex; input files,
- an end-of-line character counts as a space and one space
- is equivalent to many spaces. Unlike &tex;, &bibtex; ignores
- the case of letters in the entry type, citation key and
- field names. The above entry could have been typed as follows:
- <programlisting>@BOOK(kn:gnus, author = {Donald E. Knudson},
- TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
- PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
- ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} )</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>However, the case of letters does matter to &latex;,
- so the citation key ("kn:gnus" in the example above)
- should appear exactly the same in all <literal>\cite</literal>
- commands in the &latex; input file.
- </para>
- <para>The quotes or braces can be omitted around text consisting
- entirely of numerals. The following two fields are equivalent:
- <programlisting>Volume = "27" Volume = 27</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types">
- <title>Entry Types</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bib files</secondary>
- <tertiary>Entry Types</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>When entering a reference in the bibliography database,
- the first thing to decide is what type of entry it is. No
- fixed classification scheme can be complete, but &bibtex;
- provides enough entry types to handle almost any reference
- reasonably well.
- </para>
- <para>References to different types of publications contain
- different information; a reference to a journal might
- include the volume and number of the journal, which is
- usually not meaningful for a book. Therefore, database
- entries of different types have different fields for each
- entry type, the fields are divided into three classes:
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Required</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>omitting the field will produce an error
- message and may result in a badly formatted
- bibliography entry. If the required information
- is not meaningful, you are using the wrong entry type.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Optional</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>the field's information will be used if present,
- but can be omitted without causing any formatting
- problems. A reference should contain any available
- information that might help the reader, so you should
- include the optional field if it is applicable.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Ignored</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>the field is ignored. &bibtex; ignores any field
- that is not required or optional, so you can include
- any fields you want in a bibliography entry. It's
- often a good idea to put all relevant information
- about a reference in its bibliography entry - even
- information that may never appear in the bibliography.
- For example, if you want to keep an abstract of a
- paper in a computer file, put it in an 'abstract'
- field in the paper's bibliography entry. The
- bibliography database file is likely to be as good
- a place as any for the abstract, and it is possible
- to design a bibliography style for printing
- selected abstracts.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>&bibtex; ignores the case of letters in the entry
- type.</para>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-article">
- <title>article entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>article entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>An article from a journal or magazine.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@ARTICLE{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-journal">journal</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-volume">volume</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-number">number</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-pages">pages</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-book">
- <title>book entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>book entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A book with an explicit publisher.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@BOOK{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link> or
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-editor">editor</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-volume">volume</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-series">series</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-edition">edition</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-booklet">
- <title>booklet entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>booklet entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A work that is printed and bound, but without a
- named publisher or sponsoring institution.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@BOOKLET{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-howpublished">howpublished</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-conference">
- <title>conference entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>conference entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>An article in the proceedings of a conference.
- This entry is identical to the 'inproceedings' entry
- and is included for compatibility with another text
- formatting system.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@CONFERENCE{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-booktitle">booktitle</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-editor">editor</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-pages">pages</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-organization">organization</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-inbook">
- <title>inbook entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>inbook entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A part of a book, which may be a chapter and/or
- a range of pages.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@INBOOK{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>
- or
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-editor">editor</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-chapter">chapter</link>
- and/or
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-pages">pages</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-volume">volume</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-series">series</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-edition">edition</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-incollection">
- <title>incollection entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>incollection entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A part of a book with its own title.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@INCOLLECTION{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-booktitle">booktitle</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-editor">editor</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-pages">pages</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-organization">organization</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-inproceedings">
- <title>inproceedings entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>inproceedings entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>An article in the proceedings of a conference.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@INPROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-booktitle">booktitle</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-editor">editor</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-pages">pages</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-organization">organization</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-manual">
- <title>manual entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>manual entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Technical documentation.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@MANUAL{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-organization">organization</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-edition">edition</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-mastersthesis">
- <title>mastersthesis entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>mastersthesis entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A Master's thesis.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@MASTERSTHESIS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-school">school</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-misc">
- <title>misc entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>misc entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use this type when nothing else seems
- appropriate.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@MISC{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields: none
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-howpublished">howpublished</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-phdthesis">
- <title>phdthesis entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>phdthesis entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A PhD thesis.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@PHDTHESIS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-school">school</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-proceedings">
- <title>proceedings entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>proceedings entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The proceedings of a conference.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@PROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-editor">editor</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-organization">organization</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-techreport">
- <title>techreport entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>techreport entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A report published by a school or other institution,
- usually numbered within a series.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@TECHREPORT{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-institution">institution</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-type">type</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-number">number</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-address">address</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-entry-types-unpublished">
- <title>unpublished entry</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Entry Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>unpublished entry</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para> A document with an author and title, but not
- formally published.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>@UNPUBLISHED{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Required fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-author">author</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-title">title</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-note">note</link>
- </para>
- <para>Optional fields:
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-month">month</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-year">year</link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-field-types-key">key</link>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-text">
- <title>Field Text</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bib files</secondary>
- <tertiary>Field Text</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The text of the field is enclosed in braces or double
- quote characters. A part of the text is said to be enclosed
- in braces if it lies inside a matching pair of braces other
- than the ones enclosing the entire entry or the entire field text.
- </para>
- <para>&bibtex; manipulates the case of letters in the field text
- as described in the subtopics below.
- </para>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-text-names">
- <title>Names</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Text</secondary>
- <tertiary>Names</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The text of an author or editor field represents a
- list of names. The bibliography style determines the format
- in which the name is printed: whether the first name or
- last name appears first, if the full first name or just
- the first initial is used, etc. The bibliography file entry
- simply tells &bibtex; what the name is.
- </para>
- <para>You should type an author's complete name and let the
- bibliography style decide what to abbreviate. (But an
- author's complete name may be "Donald~E. Knuth" or
- even "J.~P.~Morgan"; you should type it the way the
- author would like it to appear, if that's known.)
- </para>
- <para>Most names can be entered in the obvious way, either
- with or without a comma, as in the following examples:
- </para>
- <para>"John Paul Jones" "Jones, John Paul"
- "Ludwig von Beethoven" "von Beethoven, Ludwig"
- </para>
- <para>Some people have multiple last names - for example,
- Per Brinch Hansen's last name is Brinch~Hansen.
- His name should be typed with a comma:
- </para>
- <para> "Brinch Hansen, Per"
- </para>
- <para>To understand why, you must understand how &bibtex;
- handles names (for what follows, a "name" corresponds
- to a person).
- </para>
- <para>Each name consists of four parts: First, von, Last,
- and~Jr; each part consists of a (possibly empty) list
- of name-tokens. For example the First part of
- Per Brinch~Hansen's name has the single token "Per";
- the Last part has two, "Brinch" and "Hansen"; and the
- von and Jr parts are empty. If you had typed
- </para>
- <para>"Per Brinch Hansen"</para>
- <para>instead, &bibtex; would erroneously think "Brinch"
- were a First-part token, just as "Paul" is a First-part
- token in "John~Paul Jones".
- </para>
- <para>Here's another example:</para>
- <para>"Charles Louis Xavier Joseph de la Vallee
- Poussin"
- </para>
- <para>This name has four tokens in the First part, two
- in the von, and two in the Last. Here &bibtex; knows
- where one part ends and the other begins because the
- tokens in the von part begin with lower-case letters.
- </para>
- <para>If you want &bibtex; to consider something a single
- token, enclose it in braces. You should do this,
- for example, if a comma is part of a name:
- </para>
- <para>"{Barnes and Noble, Inc.}" "{Barnes and} {Noble, Inc.}"
- "{Barnes} {and} {Noble,} {Inc.}"
- </para>
- <para>The braces surrounding the comma keep "Inc." from
- being interpreted as a First token; this name has only
- a Last part, with either one, two, or four tokens
- (there must be a space separating the tokens in the
- second and third forms). Probably the second form is
- slightly more meaningful, but don't lose sleep over this
- since only rarely will an institution be an author or
- editor.
- </para>
- <para>So the two names</para>
- <para>"von Beethoven, Ludwig" "{von Beethoven}, Ludwig"
- </para>
- <para>are considered by &bibtex; to be different names.
- In the first, "Beethoven" is the Last part and "von"
- is the von part; in the second, which in this case
- happens to be incorrect, the Last part has a single
- token and there's no von part. The bibliography style
- will probably print both the same, but it may alphabetize
- and label them differently.
- </para>
- <para>"Juniors" pose a special problem. Most people having
- "Jr." in their name precede it with a comma. Such a name
- should be entered as follows:
- </para>
- <para>"Ford, Jr., Henry"</para>
- <para>However, a few people do not use a comma. They are
- handled by considering the "Jr." to be part of the last
- Last token:
- </para>
- <para>"{Steele Jr.}, Guy L." "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}"</para>
- <para>This name has no Jr part.</para>
- <para>To summarize, you may type a name in one of
- three forms:
- </para>
- <para>"First von Last" "von Last, First"
- "von Last, Jr, First"
- </para>
- <para>You may almost always use the first form; you shouldn't
- if either there's a Jr part or the Last part has multiple
- tokens but there's no von part.
- </para>
- <para>If there are multiple authors or editors, their
- names must be separated by the word "and", surrounded
- by spaces, not enclosed in braces:
- </para>
- <para>AUTHOR = "Ralph Alpher and Bethe, Hans and George Gamow"
- </para>
- <para>Since &bibtex; interprets commas as separating parts
- of a name and "and" as separating names themselves,
- this example has three coauthors: Ralph Alpher,
- Hans Bethe, and George Gamow. If the word "and" appears
- as part of a name, it must be enclosed in braces, as in
- the example of "Barnes and Noble,~Inc." given above.
- If you have too many names to list in a field, you can
- end the list with "and others"; the standard styles
- appropriately append an "et al."
- </para>
- <para>&bibtex;'s rules are actually a bit more complicated
- than indicated here, but this description will
- suffice for most names.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-text-titles">
- <title>Titles</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Text</secondary>
- <tertiary>Titles</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The bibliography style determines whether or not a
- title is capitalized; the titles of books usually are,
- the title of articles usually are not. You type a title
- the way it should appear if it is capitalized (you
- should capitalize everything but articles and unstressed
- conjunctions and prepositions, and even these should
- be capitalized as the first word or
- the first after a colon):
- </para>
- <para>TITLE = "The Agony and the Ecstasy"</para>
- <para>&bibtex; will change uppercase letters to lowercase
- if appropriate. Uppercase letters that should not be
- changed are enclosed in braces. The following two
- titles are equivalent; the "A" of "Africa" will not
- be made lowercase.
- </para>
- <para>"The Gnats and Gnus of {Africa}"
- "The Gnats and Gnus of {A}frica"
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-text-abbr">
- <title>Abbreviations</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Text</secondary>
- <tertiary>Abbreviations</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Instead of an ordinary text string, the text of a
- field can be replaced by an abbreviation for it. An
- abbreviation is a string of characters that starts
- with a letter and does not contain a space or any
- of the following ten characters:
- </para>
- <para><literal>" # % ' ( ) , = { }</literal></para>
- <para>The abbreviation is typed in place of the text
- field, with no braces or quotation marks. If 'jgg1'
- is an abbreviation for
- </para>
- <para>Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1</para>
- <para>then the following are equivalent:</para>
- <para>JOURNAL = jgg1 JOURNAL = "Journal of Gnats and
- Gnus, Series~1"</para>
- <para>Some abbreviations are predefined by the bibliography
- style. These always include the usual 3 letter
- abbreviations for the month: jan, feb, mar etc.
- </para>
- <para>Bibliography styles usually contain abbreviations
- for the names of commonly referenced journals. Consult
- the Local Guide for a list of the predefined abbreviations
- for the bibliography styles available.
- </para>
- <para>You can define your own abbreviations by using
- &bibtex;'s <literal>@STRING</literal> command.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types">
- <title>Field Types</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bib files</secondary>
- <tertiary>Field Types</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Below is a list of all fields recognized by the
- standard bibliography styles. An entry can also contain
- other fields, which are ignored by those styles.
- </para>
- <para>&bibtex; ignores the case of letters in the
- field names.
- </para>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-address">
- <title>address field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>address field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Publisher's address. For major publishing houses,
- just the city is given. For small publishers, you can
- help the reader by giving the complete address.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>ADDRESS = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-annote">
- <title>annote field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>annote field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>An annotation, used only for annotated bibliography
- styles (which are not among the standard ones).
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>ANNOTE = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-author">
- <title>author field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>author field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The name(s) of the author(s).
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>AUTHOR = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-booktitle">
- <title>booktitle field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>booktitle field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Title of a book, part of which is being cited.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>BOOKTITLE = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-chapter">
- <title>chapter field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>chapter field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A chapter number.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>CHAPTER = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-edition">
- <title>edition field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>edition field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The edition of a book - for example, "second".</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>EDITION = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-editor">
- <title>editor field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>editor field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Name(s) of editor(s). If there is also an "author"
- field, then the "editor" field gives the editor of
- the book or collection in which the reference appears.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>EDITOR = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-howpublished">
- <title>howpublished field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>howpublished field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>How something strange has been published.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>HOWPUBLISHED = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-institution">
- <title>institution field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>institution field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The institution that published the work.</para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>INSTITUTION = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-journal">
- <title>journal field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>journal field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A journal name. Abbreviations are provided for many
- journals; see the Local Guide.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>JOURNAL = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-key">
- <title>key field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>key field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para> Used for alphabetizing and creating a label
- when the "author" and "editor" fields are missing.
- This field should not be confused with the citation
- key that appears in the <literal>\cite</literal>
- command and at the beginning of the entry.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>KEY = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-month">
- <title>month field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>month field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The month in which the work was published or,
- for an unpublished work, in which it was written.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>MONTH = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-note">
- <title>note field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>note field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Any additional information that can help the reader.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>NOTE = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-number">
- <title>number field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>number field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The number of a journal, magazine, or technical
- report. An issue of a journal or magazine is usually
- identified by its volume and number; the organization
- that issues a technical report usually gives it a number.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>NUMBER = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-organization">
- <title>organization field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>organization field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The organization sponsoring a conference.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>ORGANIZATION = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-pages">
- <title>pages field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>pages field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A page number or range of numbers such as "42--111";
- you may also have several of these, separating them with
- commas: "7,41,73--97". The standard styles convert a
- single dash to a double. >
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>PAGES = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-publisher">
- <title>publisher field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>publisher field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The publisher's name.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>PUBLISHER = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-school">
- <title>school field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>school field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The name of the school where a thesis was written.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>SCHOOL = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-series">
- <title>series field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>series field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The name of a series or set of books. When citing
- an entire book, the the "title" field gives its title
- and an optional "series" field gives the name of a series
- in which the book is published.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>SERIES = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-title">
- <title>title field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>title field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The work's title.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>TITLE = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-type">
- <title>type field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>type field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The type of a technical report - for example,
- "Research Note".
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>TYPE = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-volume">
- <title>volume field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>volume field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The volume of a journal or multivolume book work.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>VOLUME = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-field-types-year">
- <title>year field</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Field Types</secondary>
- <tertiary>year field</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The year of publication or, for an unpublished
- work, the year it was written. This field's text
- should contain only numerals.
- </para>
- <para>Format:
- <programlisting>YEAR = field_text</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-bst-files">
- <title>bst files</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bst files</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Bibliography style files define the style of a
- bibliography source list.</para>
- <para>The standard bibliography style files are
- <link linkend="bibtex-bst-plain"><filename role="nohyphenation">PLAIN</filename></link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-bst-unsrt"><filename role="nohyphenation">UNSRT</filename></link>,
- <link linkend="bibtex-bst-alpha"><filename role="nohyphenation">ALPHA</filename></link>
- and
- <link linkend="bibtex-bst-abbr"><filename role="nohyphenation">ABBRV</filename></link>.
- </para>
- <para>If you want to make a bibliography style of your own,
- look at <link linkend="bibtex-bst-sample"><filename role="nohyphenation">SAMPLE.BST</filename></link>.
- </para>
-
- <section id="bibtex-bst-abbr">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">ABBRV.BST</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bst files</secondary>
- <tertiary>ABBRV.BST</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>This style is the same as the style defined in
- <filename>PLAIN.BST</filename>, except that entries are
- more compact because first names, month names and journal
- names are abbreviated.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-bst-alpha">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">ALPHA.BST</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bst files</secondary>
- <tertiary>ALPHA.BST</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>This style is the same as the style defined in
- <filename>PLAIN.BST</filename> except that entry labels
- like "Knu66", formed from the author's name and the year
- of publication, are used.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-bst-plain">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">PLAIN.BST</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bst files</secondary>
- <tertiary>PLAIN.BST</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>This style is formatted more or less as suggested
- by Mary-Claire van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars"
- (Alfred A. Knopf, New York, 1979). Entries are sorted
- alphabetically and are labelled with numbers.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-bst-sample">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">SAMPLE.BST</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bst files</secondary>
- <tertiary>SAMPLE.BST</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>This is a sample bibliography style file meant to
- help you construct a new style. It creates a bibliography
- in which entries appear as follows:
- </para>
- <para>[Jones79] Jones, R. L. and Richards, P. Q. The Birds
- and the Bees. {\it Journal of Irreproducible Results 4},
- 2 (Jan. 1979), 27-33.
- </para>
- <para>[Jones82a] Jones, P. G. The Bees and the
- Trees ... (1982).
- </para>
- <para>[Jones82b] Jones, R. L. The Trees and the
- Peas ... (1982).
- </para>
- <para>[Krist74] Kristofferson, R. P. Peopl and
- Places ... (1974)
- </para>
- <para>It should illustrate how you write a style file.
- The functions are described in an informal Pascal-like
- style in comments. Because of the way while loops and
- if-then-else statements must use functions, the following
- convention is used. If a while loop is labeled 'foo'
- in the informal description, then its test and body
- are the functions named 'foo.test' and 'foo.body'.
- If an if statement is labeled 'foo', then its two clauses
- are the functions named 'foo.then' and 'foo.else'.
- (Null clauses just use the 'skip$' function.) Note that
- because functions have to be defined in terms of
- already-defined functions, the actual function definitions
- are given in a 'bottom-up' order.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="bibtex-bst-unsrt">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">UNSRT.BST</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>bst files</secondary>
- <tertiary>UNSRT.BST</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>This style is that same as <filename>PLAIN.BST</filename>
- except that entries appear in the order of their
- first citation.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-makeindex.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-makeindex.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 170738f622f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-makeindex.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1158 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-chapter-makeindex.xml 139 2004-08-26 16:58:10Z mw $ -->
-
-<chapter id="makeindex" lang="en">
- <title id="makeindex-title">&makeindex;</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Make-Index</primary></indexterm>
-
- <note>
- <para>The contents of this section was taken from
- the HTML helppages for &makeindex;
- of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).
- </para>
- <para>Some obvious errors in this documentation have been corrected
- according to <filename>makeindex(1L)</filename>.
- </para>
- <para>Additional information was taken from
- <filename>makeindex(1L)</filename> and the program source
- files as found in te&tex; 2.0.2.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>&makeindex; is a general purpose index processor.
- It takes one or more raw index files (normally generated
- by a formatter), sorts the entries, and produces the actual
- index file. It is not dependent on any particular format of
- raw index file, although the <literal>.idx</literal> file
- generated by &latex; is
- the default. Up to three levels (0, 1, and 2) of subitem nesting
- within the same entry is supported. The input format may be
- redefined in a style file so that raw index or glossary output
- from other formatters may be processed. The style file also
- defines the style of output index file. Unless specified
- otherwise, the file name base of the first input file
- (<literal>idx0</literal>)
- is used to determine other related input/output files.
- The default input file type is <literal>.idx</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <section id="makeindex-options">
- <title id="makeindex-options-title">Options</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&makeindex; is a Unix program, and therefore has a
- Unix-style command line. Instead of qualifiers delimited with
- a slash (<literal>/</literal>), &makeindex; options are delimited
- with a hyphen (<literal>-</literal>).
- </para>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-c">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-c</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-c</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Enable blank compression. By default every blank counts
- in the index key. The <literal>-c</literal> option ignores
- leading and trailing blanks and tabs and compresses
- intermediate ones to a single space.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-g">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-g</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-g</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Employ German word ordering in the index,
- in accord with rules set forth in DIN 5007. The
- quote character must be redefined in a style file
- (for example, redefine quote as <literal>'+'</literal>).
- If the quote character is not redefined, &makeindex;
- will produce an error message and abort.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-i">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-i</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-i</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para> Use <literal>stdin</literal> as the input file.
- When this option is specified and the <literal>-o</literal>
- is not, output is written to <literal>stdout</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-l">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-l</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-l</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use letter ordering. Default is word ordering
- (explained in the
- <link linkend="makeindex-ordering">Ordering</link>
- section).
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-q">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-q</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-q</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Quiet mode, send no messages to <literal>stderr</literal>.
- By default progress and error messages are sent to
- <literal>stderr</literal> as well as the transcript file.
- The <literal>-q</literal> option disables the
- <literal>stderr</literal> messages.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-r">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-r</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-r</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Disable implicit page range formation. By default
- three or more successive pages will be automatically
- abbreviated as a range (e.g. 1--5). The <literal>-r</literal>
- option disables it, making the explicit range operators
- the only way to create page ranges (see the
- <link linkend="makeindex-special-effects">Special Effects</link>
- section below).
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-s-sty">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-s sty</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-s sty</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para> Take <literal>sty</literal> as the style file.
- There is no default for the style file name. The
- environment variable INDEXSTYLE defines the path where
- the style file should be found.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-o-ind">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-o ind</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-o ind</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Take <literal>ind</literal> as the output index file.
- By default the file name base of the first input file
- <literal>idx0</literal> concatenated with the extension
- <literal>.ind</literal> is used as the output file name.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-t-log">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-t log</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-t log</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Take <literal>log</literal> as the transcript file.
- By default the file name base of the first input file
- <literal>idx0</literal> concatenated with the extension
- <literal>.ilg</literal> is used as the transcript file name.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-p-no">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-p no</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-p no</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Set the starting page number of the output index file
- to be <literal>no</literal>. This is useful when the index
- file is to be formatted separately. Other than pure numbers,
- three special cases are allowed for no:
- <literal>any</literal>,
- <literal>odd</literal>, and <literal>even</literal>.
- In these special cases, the starting page number is determined
- by retrieving the last page number from the source log file.
- The source log file name is determined by concatenating the
- file name base of the first raw index file
- (<literal>idx0</literal>) with the extension
- <literal>.log</literal>. The last source page is obtained
- by searching backward in the log file for the first instance
- of a number included in <literal>[...]</literal>. If a page
- number is missing or the log file is not found, no attempt
- will be made to set the starting page number. The meaning of
- each of these cases follows:
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>any</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The starting page is the last source page
- number plus 1.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>odd</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The starting page is the first odd page
- following the last source page number.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>even</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The starting page is the first even page following
- the last source page number.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-L">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-L</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-L</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Sort based on locale settings. String comparisons for
- sorting are done using <command>strcoll(3)</command>,
- which compares strings according to the current locale
- category <literal>LC_COLLATE</literal>.</para>
- <para>Not available on all systems (depends on compile
- time settings).</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-option-T">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-T</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-T</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Special support for Thai documents.</para>
- <para> Not available on all systems (depends on compile
- time settings).</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-style-file">
- <title>Style File</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Style File</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The style file format is very simple. It is a list of
- <literal>&lt;specifier, attribute&gt;</literal> pairs.
- There are two types of
- specifiers (input and output). The pairs don't have to obey
- any particular order in the file. A line lead by
- `<literal>%</literal>' is a
- comment. The following is a list of all the specifiers and
- their respective arguments where
- <literal>&lt;string&gt;</literal> is an arbitrary
- string delimited by double quotes (<literal>"..."</literal>),
- <literal>&lt;char&gt;</literal> is a single letter embraced by
- single quotes
- (<literal>'...'</literal>), and
- <literal>&lt;number&gt;</literal>
- is a nonnegative
- integer. The maximum length of a
- <literal>&lt;string&gt;</literal> is 144.
- Notice that a backslash must be escaped (by an extra backslash)
- in the string quotation. Anything not specified in the style
- file will be assigned a default value, which is shown on a
- separate line. This file can reside anywhere in the path
- defined by the environment variable <envar>INDEXSTYLE</envar>.
- </para>
-
- <section id="makeindex-style">
- <title>Input Style Specifiers</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <section id="makeindex-actual-char">
- <title>actual &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>actual</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>@</literal></para>
- <para>The symbol which indicates that the next entry is
- to appear in the actual index file.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-arg-close">
- <title>arg_close &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>arg_close</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>}</literal></para>
- <para> This is the closing delimiter for the index
- entry argument.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-style-arg-open">
- <title>arg_open &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>arg_open</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>{</literal></para>
- <para> This is the opening delimiter for the index entry
- argument.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-encap-char">
- <title>encap &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>encap</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>|</literal></para>
- <para>The symbol which indicates that the rest of the
- argument list is to be used as the encapsulating command
- for the page number.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-escape-char">
- <title>escape &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>escape</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>\\</literal></para>
- <para>The symbol which escapes the next letter, unless
- its preceding letter is escape. In other words, quote
- is used to escape the letter which immediately follows it.
- But if it is preceded by escape, it does not escape anything.
- </para>
- <para> Notice that the two symbols must be distinct.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-style-string">
- <title>keyword &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>keyword</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\\indexentry"</literal></para>
- <para> This is the command which tells &makeindex; that its
- argument is an index entry.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-level-char">
- <title>level &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>level</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>!</literal></para>
- <para>The delimiter which denotes a new level of subitem.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-quote-char">
- <title>quote &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>quote</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"</literal></para>
- <para><literal>quote</literal> is used to escape
- the letter which immediately follows it, but
- if it is preceded by escape, it is treated as a
- ordinary character. These two symbols must be
- distinct.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-range-close">
- <title>range_close &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>range_close</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>)</literal></para>
- <para>The closing delimiter indicating the end of an
- explicit page range.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-range-open">
- <title>range_open &lt;char&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Input Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>range_open</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>(</literal></para>
- <para>The opening delimiter indicating the beginning of
- an explicit page range.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-style-specs">
- <title>Output Style Specifiers</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <section id="makeindex-page-compositor">
- <title>page_compositor &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>page_compositor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"-"</literal></para>
- <para>This specifier is used to separate a range
- of page numbers.</para>
- <para>Officially undocumented!</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-preamble-string">
- <title>preamble &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>preamble</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</literal></para>
- <para>The preamble of actual index file.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-postamble-string">
- <title>postamble &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>postamble</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</literal></para>
- <para>The postamble of actual index file.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-setpage-prefix">
- <title>setpage_prefix &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>setpage_prefix</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n \\setcounter{page}{"</literal></para>
- <para>The prefix of the command which sets the
- starting page number.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-setpage-suffix">
- <title>setpage_suffix &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>setpage_suffix</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"}\n"</literal></para>
- <para>The suffix of the command which sets the
- starting page number.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-group-skip">
- <title>group_skip &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>group_skip</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</literal></para>
- <para>The vertical space to be inserted before a
- new group begins.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-heading-prefix-string">
- <title>heading_prefix &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>heading_prefix</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>""</literal></para>
- <para>The header prefix to be inserted before a new
- letter begins.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-heading-suffix-string">
- <title>heading_suffix &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>heading_suffix</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>""</literal></para>
- <para>The header suffix to be inserted before
- a new letter begins.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-headings-flag">
- <title>headings_flag &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>headings_flag</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>0</literal></para>
- <para>The flag indicating the condition of inserting new
- letter header. Default is 0, which means no header.
- Positive means insert an uppercase letter between prefix
- and suffix. Negative means insert a lowercase letter.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-symhead-positive">
- <title>symhead_positive &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>symhead_positive</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"Symbols"</literal></para>
- <para>Heading for symbols to be inserted
- if <literal>headings_flag</literal> is positive.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-symhead-negative">
- <title>symhead_negative &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>symhead_negative</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"symbols"</literal></para>
- <para>Heading for symbols to be inserted
- if <literal>headings_flag</literal> is negative.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-numhead-positive">
- <title>numhead_positive &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>numhead_positive</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"Numbers"</literal></para>
- <para>Heading for numbers to be inserted
- if <literal>headings_flag</literal> is positive.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-numhead-negative">
- <title>numhead_negative &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>numhead_negative</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"numbers"</literal></para>
- <para>Heading for numbers to be inserted
- if <literal>headings_flag</literal> is negative.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-item-0">
- <title>item_0 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>item_0</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n \\item "</literal></para>
- <para>The command to be inserted between two primary
- (level 0) items.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-item-1">
- <title>item_1 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>item_1</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n \\subitem "</literal></para>
- <para>The command to be inserted between two secondary
- (level 1) items.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-item-2">
- <title>item_2 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>item_2</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n \\subsubitem "</literal></para>
- <para>The command to be inserted between two level 2 items.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-item-01">
- <title>item_01 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>item_01</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n \\subitem "</literal></para>
- <para>The command to be inserted between a level 0 item
- and a level 1 item.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-item-x1">
- <title>item_x1 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>item_x1</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n \\subitem "</literal></para>
- <para>The command to be inserted between a level 0 item
- and a level 1 item. The difference between this and
- previous is that in this case the level 0 item doesn't
- have any page numbers.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-item-12">
- <title>item_12 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>item_12</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n \\subsubitem "</literal></para>
- <para>The command to be inserted between a level 1 item
- and a level 2 item.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-item-x2">
- <title>item_x2 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>item_x2</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\n \\subsubitem "</literal></para>
- <para>The command to be inserted between a level 1 item
- and a level 2 item. The difference between this and
- previous is that in this case the level 1 item doesn't
- have any page numbers.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-delim-0">
- <title>delim_0 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>delim_0</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>", "</literal></para>
- <para>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 0 key
- and its first page number. Default is a comma followed
- by a blank.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-delim-1">
- <title>delim_1 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>delim_1</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>", "</literal></para>
- <para>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 1 key
- and its first page number. Default is a comma followed
- by a blank.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-delim-2">
- <title>delim_2 &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>delim_2</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>", "</literal></para>
- <para>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 2 key
- and its first page number. Default is a comma followed
- by a blank.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-delim-n">
- <title>delim_n &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>delim_n</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>", "</literal></para>
- <para>The delimiter to be inserted between two page numbers
- for the same key in any level. Default is a comma followed
- by a blank.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-delim-r">
- <title>delim_r &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>delim_r</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"--"</literal></para>
- <para>The delimiter to be inserted between the starting and
- ending page numbers of a range.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-delim-t">
- <title>delim_t &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>delim_t</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>""</literal></para>
- <para>The delimiter to be inserted at the end of a page list.
- This delimiter has no effect on entries which have no
- associated page list.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-encap-prefix">
- <title>encap_prefix &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>encap_prefix</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\\"</literal></para>
- <para>The prefix for the command which encapsulates
- the page number.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-encap-infox">
- <title>encap_infix &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>encap_infix</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"{"</literal></para>
- <para>The prefix for the command which encapsulates
- the page number.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-encap-suffix">
- <title>encap_suffix &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>encap_suffix</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"}"</literal></para>
- <para>The suffix for the command which encapsulates
- the page number.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-line-max">
- <title>line_max &lt;number&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>line_max</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>72</literal></para>
- <para>The maximum length of a line in the output
- beyond which a line wraps around.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-indent-space">
- <title>indent_space &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>indent_space</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>"\t\t"</literal></para>
- <para>The space to be inserted in front of a wrapped
- line. Default is two tabs.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-indent-length">
- <title>indent_length &lt;number&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>indent_length</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>16</literal></para>
- <para>The length of indent_space. In the default case
- this is 16 (for 2 tabs).
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-suffix-2p">
- <title>suffix_2p &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>suffix_2p</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>""</literal></para>
- <para>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and
- the second page number of a two page list.
- When present, it overrides <literal>delim_r</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-suffix-3p">
- <title>suffix_3p &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>suffix_3p</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>""</literal></para>
- <para>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and
- the second page number of a three page list.
- When present, it overrides <literal>delim_r</literal>
- and <literal>suffix_mp</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-output-suffix-mp">
- <title>suffix_mp &lt;string&gt;</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Output Style Specifiers</secondary>
- <tertiary>suffix_mp</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&Default; <literal>""</literal></para>
- <para>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and
- the second page number of a multiple page list
- (three or more pages). When present, it overrides
- <literal>delim_r</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-example">
- <title>Example</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Example</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The following example shows a style file called
- <literal>book.isty</literal> which defines a stand-alone
- index for a book. By stand-alone, we mean it can be formatted
- independent of the main source.
- </para>
- <para><programlisting>preamble
-"\\documentstyle[12pt]{book}
-\\begin{document}
-\\begin{theindex}
-{\\small\n"
-
-postamble
-"\n\n}
-\\end{theindex}
-\\end{document}\n"</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Suppose a particular book style requires the index
- (as well as any chapters) to start from an odd page number.
- Given <literal>foo.idx</literal> as the raw index file, the
- following command line produces an index in file
- <literal>foo-.ind</literal>.
- </para>
- <para><programlisting>makeindex -s book.isty -o foo-.ind -p odd foo
-</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>The reason to use a non-default output file name is
- to avoid clobbering the source output (presumably
- <literal>foo.dvi</literal>) because if the index is in file
- <literal>foo.ind</literal>, its output will also be in
- <literal>foo.dvi</literal> as a result of separate formatting
- using . In the example the index is in
- <literal>foo-.ind</literal>, its output will be in
- <literal>foo-.dvi</literal> and thus introduces no confusion.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-ordering">
- <title>Ordering</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Ordering</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>By default <literal>makeindex</literal> assumes word
- ordering. The <literal>-l</literal> option turns it into letter
- ordering. The only difference is whether a blank is treated as
- an effective letter or not. In word ordering, a blank precedes
- any letter in the alphabet, whereas in letter ordering, it
- doesn't count at all. This is best illustrated by the following
- example:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <informaltable frame="none">
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry><emphasis>word order</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>letter order</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>sea lion</entry>
- <entry>seal</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>seal</entry>
- <entry>seal lion</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </para>
-
- <para>Numbers are sorted in numeric order. For instance,</para>
- <para>
- <informaltable frame="none">
- <tgroup cols="1">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>9 (nine), 123</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>123 10 (ten), see Derek, Bo</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </para>
-
- <para>Letters are first sorted with uppercase and lowercase
- considered identical; then, within identical words the uppercase
- letter precedes its lowercase counterpart.
- </para>
- <para>Patterns lead by a special symbol precede numbers, which
- precede patterns lead by a letter. The symbol here refers to
- anything not in the union of digits and English alphabet. This
- includes those which follow 'z' in the ASCII chart. As a special
- case, anything started with a digit but mixed with non-digits
- is considered a symbol-leading pattern instead of a number.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="makeindex-special-effects">
- <title>Special Effects</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Make-Index</primary>
- <secondary>Special Effects</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para> In the normal case entries such as
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha!beta}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha!beta!gamma}{10}</programlisting>
- in the raw index file will be converted to
- <programlisting>\item alpha, 1
- \subitem beta, 3
- \subsubitem gamma, 10</programlisting>
- in the output index file by &makeindex;. Notice that the level
- symbol (<literal>!</literal>) is used to delimit levels of nesting.
- </para>
- <para>It is possible to make an item appear in a designated form
- by using the actual (<literal>@</literal>) operator.
- For instance,
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha@{\it alpha\/}}{1} </programlisting>
- will become
- <programlisting>\item {\it alpha\/} 1</programlisting>
- after the conversion. The idea is that the pattern preceding
- <literal>@</literal> is used as sort key, whereas the one
- following it is put in the actual result. However, the same key
- with and without the actual part are regarded as distinct entries.
- </para>
- <para>It is also possible to encapsulate a page number with a
- designated command using the encap (<literal>|</literal>)
- operator. For example, in the default case,
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha|bold}{1}</programlisting>
- will be converted to
- <programlisting>\item alpha \bold{1}</programlisting>
- where <literal>\bold{n}</literal> will expand to
- <literal>{\bf n}</literal>. This allows the encap operator to
- be used to set pages in different fonts, thereby conveying more
- information about whatever being indexed. For instance, given
- the same key the page where its definition appears can be in
- one font while where its primary example is given can be in
- another, with other ordinary appearances in a third. Notice that
- in this example, the three output attributes associated with
- page encapsulation <literal>encap_prefix</literal>,
- <literal>encap_infix</literal>, and
- <literal>encap_suffix</literal>
- correspond respectively to backslash, left brace, and right brace.
- If this is to be formatted by languages other than , they would
- be defined differently.
- </para>
- <para>By the same token, the <literal>encap</literal> operator
- can be used to make cross references in the index. For instance,
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha|see{beta}}{1}</programlisting>
- will become
- <programlisting>\item alpha \see{beta}{1}</programlisting>
- in the output index file after the conversion, where
- <programlisting>\see{beta}{1}</programlisting>
- will expand to
- <programlisting>{\it see\/} beta</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Notice that in a cross reference like this the page
- number disappears. Therefore, where to insert such a command
- in the source is immaterial.
- </para>
- <para>A pair of encap concatenated with
- <literal>range_open</literal> (<literal>|(</literal>) and
- with <literal>range_close</literal> (<literal>|)</literal>)
- creates an explicit page range. That is,
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}</programlisting>
- will become
- <programlisting>\item alpha, 1--5</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Intermediate pages indexed by the same key will be merged
- into the range implicitly. This is especially useful when an
- entire section about a particular subject is to be indexed,
- in which case only the range opening and closing operators need
- to be inserted at the beginning and end of the section, respectively.
- </para>
- <para>This explicit page range formation can also include an
- extra command to set the page range in a designated font. Thus
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha|(bold}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}</programlisting>
- will become
- <programlisting>\item alpha, \bold{1--5}</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>A couple of special cases are worth mentioning here.
- First, entries like
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|bold}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5} </programlisting>
- will be interpreted as
- <programlisting>\item alpha, \bold{3}, 1--5</programlisting>
- but with a warning message in the transcript about the
- encounter of an inconsistent page encapsulator. Secondly, an
- explicit range beginning in a Roman page number and ending in
- Arabic is considered an error. In a case like this the range
- is broken into two subranges, if possible, one in Roman,
- the other in Arabic. For instance,
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha|(}{i}
-\indexentry{alpha}{iv}
-\indexentry{alpha}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{7}</programlisting>
- will be turned into
- <programlisting>\item alpha, 1--iv, 3--7</programlisting>
- with a warning message in the transcript complaining about
- the illegal range formation.
- </para>
- <para>Finally, every special symbol mentioned in this section
- may be escaped by the quote operator (<literal>"</literal>).
- Thus
- <programlisting>\indexentry{alpha"@beta}{1} </programlisting>
- will actually become
- <programlisting>\item alpha@beta, 1</programlisting>
- as a result of executing &makeindex;. However, if quote is
- preceded by escape (<literal>\</literal>), its following
- letter is not escaped. That is,
- <programlisting>\indexentry{f\"ur}{1} </programlisting>
- means
- <programlisting>\item f\"ur, 1</programlisting>
- which represents umlaut accented <literal>u</literal> to
- the family of processors.
- </para>
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-metafont.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-metafont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index be33a35809b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-metafont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-chapter-metafont.xml 139 2004-08-26 16:58:10Z mw $ -->
-
-<chapter id="metafont" lang="en">
- <title id="metafont-title">&metafont; (&tbd;)</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Metafont</primary></indexterm>
- <para>&tbd;</para>
-</chapter>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-metapost.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-metapost.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0da3cea20b8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-metapost.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-chapter-metapost.xml 139 2004-08-26 16:58:10Z mw $ -->
-
-<chapter id="metapost" lang="en">
- <title id="metapost-title">&metapost;</title>
- <indexterm><primary>&metapost;</primary></indexterm>
-
- <note>
- <para>The contents of this section was taken from
- <filename>mpost(1)</filename>.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para>&metapost; is a programming language much like Knuth's &metafont;
- except that it outputs PostScript programs instead of bitmaps.
- Borrowed from &metafont; are the basic tools for creating and
- manipulating pictures. These include numbers, coordinate pairs,
- cubic splines, affine transformations, text strings, and boolean
- quantities. Additional features facilitate integrating text and
- graphics and accessing special features of PostScript such as clipping,
- shading, and dashed lines. Another feature borrowed from &metafont;
- is the ability to solve linear equations that are given implicitly,
- thus allowing many programs to be written in a largely declarative
- style. By building complex operations from simpler ones, &metapost;
- achieves both power and exibility.
- </para>
-
- <section id="metapost-options">
- <title id="metapost-options-title">Options</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>&metapost; understands the following command line options.</para>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-file-line-error-style">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--file-line-error-style</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--file-line-error-style</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Print error messages in the form
- <literal>file:line:error</literal>
- which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-help">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--help</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--help</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Print help message and exit.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-ini">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--ini</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--ini</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Be <command>inimpost</command>, for dumping bases; this
- is implicitly true if the program is called as
- <command>inimpost</command>.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-intercation">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--interaction mode</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--interaction mode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of
- <literal>batchmode</literal>, <literal>nonstopmode</literal>,
- <literal>scrollmode</literal>, and
- <literal>errorstopmode</literal>.
- The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the
- corresponding commands.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-jobname">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--jobname name</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--jobname name</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use <literal>name</literal> for the job name, instead
- of deriving it from the name of the input file.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the
- <literal>bitmask</literal>. See the Kpathsea manual for details.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-mem">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--mem mem</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--mem mem</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use <literal>mem</literal> as the name of the mem to be
- used, instead of the name by which &metapost; was called or a
- <literal>%&amp;</literal> line.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-parse-first-line">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--parse-first-line</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--parse-first-line</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>If the first line of the main input file begins with
- <literal>%&amp;</literal> parse it to look for a dump name or a
- <literal>--translate-file</literal> option.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-progname">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--progname name</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--progname name</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Pretend to be program <literal>name</literal>.
- This affects both the format used and the search paths.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-recorder">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--recorder</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--recorder</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files
- opened for input and output in a file with extension
- <literal>.fls.</literal></para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-T">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-T</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-T</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Produce TROFF output.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-translate-file">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--translate-file tcxname</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--translate-file tcxname</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <literal>tcxname</literal> translation table.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-troff">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--troff</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--troff</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>As -T.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-option-version">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--version</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--version</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Print version information and exit.</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="metapost-environment">
- <title>Environment</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>MetaPost</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
- node) for the details of how the environment variables are use when
- searching. The <command>kpsewhich</command> utility can be used to
- query the values of the variables.
- </para>
- <para>If the environment variable <literal>TEXMFOUTPUT</literal>
- is set, &metapost; attempts to put its output files in it, if
- they cannot be put in the current directory.
- </para>
- <para>Here is a list of the environment variables which affect the
- behavior of &metapost;:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>MPINPUTS</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&metapost;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>MPINPUTS</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Search path for input files.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>MFINPUTS</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&metapost;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>MFINPUTS</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Auxiliary search path for input files with
- <literal>.mf</literal> extensions.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>MPSUPPORT</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&metapost;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>MPSUPPORT</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Directory for various tables for handling
- included &tex; and troff.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>MPXCOMMAND</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&metapost;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>MPXCOMMAND</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>The name of a shell script that converts
- embedded typesetting commands to a form that
- &metapost; understands. Defaults:
- <literal>makempx</literal> for &tex; and
- <literal>troffmpx</literal> for troff.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>TEX</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&metapost;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>TEX</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>The version of &tex; - or &latex; - to use when
- processing <command>btex</command> and
- <command>verbatimtex</command> commands.
- Default &tex;. This version of &metapost; allows you
- to use a <literal>`%&amp;format'</literal> line
- instead.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>TROFF</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&metapost;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>TROFF</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>The troff pipeline for <command>btex</command>
- and <command>verbatimtex</command> commands.
- Default <literal>eqn -d\$\$ | troff</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>MPEDIT</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&metapost;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>MPEDIT</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>A command template for invoking an editor.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>A <literal>.mem</literal> file is a binary file that permits
- fast loading of macro packages. &metapost; reads the default
- <literal>plain.mem</literal> unless another <literal>.mem</literal>
- file is specified at the start of the first line with an
- <literal>&amp;</literal> just before it. There is also an
- <literal>mfplain.mem</literal> that simulates plain
- &metafont; so that &metapost; can read <literal>.mf</literal>
- fonts. (Plain Metafont is described in
- <emphasis>The Metafontbook</emphasis>).
- </para>
- <para>Experts can create <literal>.mem</literal> files by
- invoking <command>inimpost</command> and giving
- macro definitions followed by a dump command.
- </para>
- <para>The &metapost; language is similar to &metafont;,
- but the manual <emphasis>A User's Manual for MetaPost</emphasis>
- assumes no knowledge of &metafont;.
- &metapost; does not have bitmap output commands or
- &metafont;'s online display mechanism.</para>
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-pdftex.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-pdftex.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75ea40cfcbd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-pdftex.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-chapter-pdftex.xml 139 2004-08-26 16:58:10Z mw $ -->
-
-<chapter id="pdftex" lang="en">
- <title id="pdftex-title">&pdftex;</title>
- <indexterm><primary>pdfTeX</primary></indexterm>
-
- <note>
- <para>The contents of this section was taken from
- <filename>pdftex(1)</filename>.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <section id="pdftex-options">
- <title id="pdftex-options-title">Options</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>&pdftex; understands the following command line options.</para>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-file-line-error-style">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--file-line-error-style</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--file-line-error-style</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Print error messages in the form
- <literal>file:line:error</literal>
- which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-fmt">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--fmt format</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--fmt format</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use <literal>format</literal> as the name of the format
- to be used, instead of the name by which &pdftex; was called
- or a <literal>%&amp;</literal> line.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-help">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--help</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--help</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Print help message and exit.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-ini">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--ini</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--ini</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Be <command>pdfinitex</command>, for dumping formats; this
- is implicitly true if the program is called as
- <command>pdfinitex</command>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-interaction mode">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--interaction mode</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--interaction mode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of
- <literal>batchmode</literal>, <literal>nonstopmode</literal>,
- <literal>scrollmode</literal>, and
- <literal>errorstopmode</literal>.
- The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the
- corresponding <literal>\commands</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-ipc">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--ipc</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--ipc</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Send DVI or PDF output to a socket as well as the usual output
- file. Whether this option is available is the choice of the
- installer.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-ipc-start">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--ipc-start</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--ipc-start</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>As <literal>--ipc</literal>, and starts the server at the
- other end as well. Whether this option is available is the
- choice of the installer.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-jobname-name">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--jobname name</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--jobname name</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use <literal>name</literal> for the job name, instead of
- deriving it from the name of the input file.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the
- <literal>bitmask</literal>. See the Kpathsea manual for details.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-maketex">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--maketex fmt</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--maketex fmt</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Enable <command>mktexfmt</command>, where
- <literal>fmt</literal>
- must be one of <literal>tex</literal> or <literal>tfm</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-no-maketex">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--no-maketex fmt</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--no-maketex fmt</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Disable <command>mktexfmt</command>, where
- <literal>fmt</literal> must be one of <literal>tex</literal>
- or <literal>tfm</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-output-comment">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--output-comment string</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--output-comment string</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use <literal>string</literal> for the DVI file comment
- instead of the date.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-parse-first-line">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--parse-first-line</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--parse-first-line</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>If the first line of the main input file begins with
- <literal>%&amp;</literal> parse it
- to look for a dump name or a <literal>--translate-file</literal> option.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-progname">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--progname name</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--progname name</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Pretend to be program <literal>name</literal>. This
- affects both the format used and the search paths.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-recorder">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--recorder</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--recorder</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files
- opened for input and output in a file with extension
- <literal>.fls</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-shell-escape">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--shell-escape</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--shell-escape</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Enable the <literal>\write18{command}</literal> construct.
- The command can be any Bourne shell command. This construct
- is normally disallowed for security reasons.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-translate-file">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--translate-file tcxname</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--translate-file tcxname</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <literal>tcxname</literal> translation table.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-option-version">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">--version</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>--version</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Print version information and exit.</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="pdftex-environment">
- <title>Environment</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
- node) for the details of how the environment variables are used when
- searching. The <command>kpsewhich</command> utility can be used to
- query the values of the variables.
- </para>
- <para>One caveat: In most &pdftex; formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
- give directly to &pdftex;, because ~ is an active character, and hence is
- expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other programs, such as
- &metafont;, do not have this problem.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>TEXMFOUTPUT</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pdftex;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>TEXMFOUTPUT</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Normally, &pdftex; puts its output files in
- the current directory.
- If any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it
- in the directory specified in the environment variable
- <literal>TEXMFOUTPUT</literal>. There is no default value
- for that variable. For example,
- if you say <command>pdftex paper</command> and the
- current directory is not writable, if
- <literal>TEXMFOUTPUT</literal> has the value
- <literal>/tmp</literal>, &pdftex; attempts to
- create <literal>/tmp/paper.log</literal> (and
- <literal>/tmp/paper.pdf</literal>, if any output is
- produced.)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>TEXINPUTS</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pdftex;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>TEXINPUTS</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Search path for <literal>\input</literal> and
- <literal>\openin</literal> files. This should probably
- start with ``.'', so that user files are found before system
- files. An empty path component will be replaced with the paths
- defined in the <filename>texmf.cnf</filename> file.
- For example, set <literal>TEXINPUTS</literal> to
- <literal>".:/home/usr/tex:"</literal> to prepend the
- current direcory and <literal>``/home/user/tex''</literal>
- to the standard search path.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>TEXFONTS</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pdftex;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>TEXFONTS</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>earch path for font metric
- (<literal>.tfm</literal>)
- files.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>TEXFORMATS</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pdftex;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>TEXFORMATS</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Search path for format files.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>TEXPOOL</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pdftex;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>TEXPOOL</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Search path for <command>pdfinitex</command>
- internal strings.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>TEXEDIT</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pdftex;</primary>
- <secondary>Environment</secondary>
- <tertiary>TEXEDIT</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Command template for switching to editor.
- The default, usually <command>vi</command>, is set when
- &pdftex; is compiled.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-tex.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-tex.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 71d4c8cf3b5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-tex.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13614 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-chapter-tex.xml 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $ -->
-
-<chapter id="tex" lang="en">
- <title id="tex-title">&tex;</title>
-
- <section id="plaintex">
- <title id="plaintex-title">&plaintex;</title>
- <indexterm><primary>PlainTeX</primary></indexterm>
-
- <section id="plaintex-ovw">
-
- <title id="plaintex-ovw-title">&overview;</title>
- <para>For a really excellent reference of all &tex; primitive
- control sequences see David Bausum's<indexterm><primary>People</primary><secondary>Bausum, David</secondary></indexterm>
- <ulink url="http://www.tug.org/utilities/plain/cseq.html">
- <emphasis>&tex; Primitive Control Sequences</emphasis></ulink>.
- </para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="latex"><title>&latex;</title>
-
- <note>
- <para>The original file <filename>latex2e.texi</filename> contains
- the following copyright and permission notice:
- </para>
- <para>
- <quote>Permission is granted to make and distribute
- verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright
- notice and this permission notice are preserved on all
- copies.</quote>
- </para>
- <para>
- <quote>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
- versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim
- copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is
- distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical
- to this one.</quote>
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <section id="opt-latex">
- <title id="opt-latex-title">Options</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>&latex; understands the following command line options.</para>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-file-line-error-style">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-file-line-error-style</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-file-line-error-style</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Print error messages in the form
- <literal>file:line:error</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-fmt">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-fmt=FMTNAME</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-fmt=FMTNAME</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use <literal>FMTMAME</literal> instead of program name
- or a %&amp; line.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-ini">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-ini</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-ini</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Be <command>initex</command>, for dumping formats; this
- is implicitly true if the program is called as
- <command>initex</command>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-interaction mode">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-interaction=STRING</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-interaction=STRING</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Set interaction mode
- (<literal>STRING=batchmode/nonstopmode/scrollmode/errorstopmode</literal>).
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-ipc">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-ipc</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-ipc</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output file.
- </para>
- <para>Note: not available on all systems.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-ipc-start">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-ipc-start</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-ipc-start</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>As <literal>-ipc</literal>, and also start the server at the
- other end.
- </para>
- <para>Note: not available on all systems.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-jobname-name">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-jobname=STRING</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-jobname=STRING</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Set the job name to <literal>STRING</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-kpathsea-debug">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the
- bits of <literal>NUMBER</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-no-maketex">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">[-no]-maketex=FMT</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pdfTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>[-no]-maketex=FMT</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Disable/enable <command>mktexFMT</command> generation
- (FMT=tex/tfm).
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-mltex">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-mltex</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-mltex</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Enable MLTeX extensions such as <literal>\charsubdef</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-output-comment">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-output-comment=STRING</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-output-comment=STRING</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para> use <literal>STRING</literal> for DVI file comment instead of date.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-parse-first-line">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-parse-first-line</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-parse-first-line</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Parse of the first line of the input file.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-progname">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-progname=STRING</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-progname=STRING</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Set program (and fmt) name to <literal>STRING</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-recorder">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-recorder</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-recorder</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Enable filename recorder.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-shell-escape">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-shell-escape</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-shell-escape</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Enable <literal>\write18{SHELL COMMAND}</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-src-specials">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-src-specials</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-src-specials</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Insert source specials into the DVI file.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-src-specials-where">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-src-specials=WHERE</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-src-specials=WHERE</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Insert source specials in certain places of
- the DVI file. <literal>WHERE</literal> is a comma-separated
- value list: <literal>cr display hbox math par parend vbox</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-translate-file-tcxname">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-translate-file=TCXNAME</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-translate-file=TCXNAME</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <literal>TCX</literal> file <literal>TCXNAME</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-help">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-help</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-help</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Display this help and exit.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="opt-latex-version">
- <title><filename role="nohyphenation">-version</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>LaTeX</primary>
- <secondary>Options</secondary>
- <tertiary>-version</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Output version information and exit.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="overview">
- <title id="overview-title">&overview; of &latex; and
- Local Guide
- </title>
- <indexterm><primary>&overview; of LaTeX</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>LaTeX overview</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The &latex; command typesets a file of text using the &tex;
- program and the &latex; Macro package for &tex;. To be more
- specific, it processes an input file containing the text
- of a document with interspersed commands that
- describe how the text should be formatted. It produces at
- least three files as output:
- </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>A <emphasis>Device Independent</emphasis>, or
- <filename>.dvi</filename> file. This contains
- commands that can be translated into
- commands for a variety of output devices. You
- can view the output of &latex; by using a program such as
- <literal>xdvi</literal>,
- which actually uses the <filename>.dvi</filename> file.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>A <emphasis>transcript</emphasis> or
- <filename>.log</filename> file
- that contains summary information and
- diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>An <emphasis>auxiliary</emphasis> or
- <filename>.aux</filename> file. This is used by &latex; itself, for things such as sectioning.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>For a description of what goes on inside &tex;, you should consult
- <citetitle>The TeXbook</citetitle> by Donald E. Knuth,
- ISBN 0-201-13448-9, published jointly by the American
- Mathematical Society and Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
- </para>
- <para>For a description of &latex;, you should consult:
- </para>
- <para><citetitle>&latex;: A Document Preparation System</citetitle>,
- by Leslie Lamport,<indexterm><primary>People</primary><secondary>Lamport, Leslie</secondary></indexterm> Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994.
- </para>
- <para><citetitle>The &latex; Companion</citetitle>,
- by Michel
- Goossens,<indexterm><primary>People</primary><secondary>Goossens, Michel</secondary></indexterm> Frank Mittelbach, <indexterm><primary>People</primary><secondary>Mittelbach, Frank</secondary></indexterm> and Alexander Samarin,<indexterm><primary>People</primary><secondary>Samarin, Alexander</secondary></indexterm> Addison-Wesley, 1994.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="commands">
- <title id="commands-title">Commands</title>
-
- <para>A &latex; command begins with the command name,
- which consists of a <literal>\</literal> followed by
- either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter.
- Arguments contained in square brackets,
- <literal>[]</literal>,
- are optional while arguments
- contained in braces, <literal>{}</literal>, are required.
- </para>
- <para>NOTE: &latex; is case sensitive. Enter all commands
- in lower case unless explicitly directed to do otherwise.
- </para>
-
-
- <section id="counters">
- <title id="counters-title">Counters</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Counters, a list of</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Variables, a list of</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated
- with it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of
- the environment or command that produces the number, except
- with no <literal>\</literal> (<literal>enumi</literal> -
- <literal>enumiv</literal> are used for
- the nested enumerate environment). Below is a list
- of the counters used in &latex;'s standard document
- classes to control numbering.
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-part paragraph figure enumi
-chapter subparagraph table enumii
-section page footnote enumiii
-subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
-subsubsection</programlisting>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-addtocounter"><literal>\addtocounter</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\addtocounter{counter}{value}</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\addtocounter</literal> command increments
- the <literal>counter</literal> by the
- amount specified by the <literal>value</literal> argument.
- The <literal>value</literal> argument can be negative.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-alph-title"><literal>\alph{counter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\alph</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\Alph</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>This command causes the value of the
- <literal>counter</literal> to be printed in
- alphabetic characters. The <literal>\alph</literal> command
- uses lower case alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e.,
- <literal>a, b, c...</literal> while the
- <literal>\Alph</literal> command uses upper case alphabetic
- characters, i.e.,
- <literal>A, B, C...</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-arabic-title"><literal>\arabic{counter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\arabic</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\arabic</literal> command causes the
- value of the <literal>counter</literal> to be
- printed in Arabic numbers, i.e., <literal>3</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-fnsymbol-title"><literal>\fnsymbol{counter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\fnsymbol</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\fnsymbol</literal> command causes the
- value of the <literal>counter</literal> to
- be printed in a specific sequence of nine symbols that
- can be used for numbering footnotes.
- </para>
-
- <para>NB. <literal>counter</literal> must have a value
- between 1 and 9 inclusive.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newcounter-title"><literal>\newcounter{foo}[counter]</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newcounter</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Counters, creating</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\newcounter</literal> command defines a new
- counter named <literal>foo</literal>.
- The counter is initialized to zero.
- </para>
- <para>The optional argument <literal>[counter]</literal>
- causes the counter <literal>foo</literal> to be reset
- whenever the counter named in the optional argument is
- incremented.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-refstepcounter-title"><literal>\refstepcounter{counter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\refstepcounter</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\refstepcounter</literal> command works
- like <literal>\stepcounter</literal>.
- See <link linkend="cmd-stepcounter-title">\stepcounter</link>,
- except it also defines the current <literal>\ref</literal>
- value to be the result of <literal>\thecounter</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-roman-title"><literal>\roman{counter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\roman</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\Roman</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>This command causes the value of the
- <literal>counter</literal> to be printed in
- Roman numerals. The <literal>\roman</literal> command
- uses lower case Roman
- numerals, i.e., <literal>i, ii, iii...</literal>, while
- the <literal>\Roman</literal> command
- uses upper case Roman numerals, i.e.,
- <literal>I, II, III...</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-stepcounter-title"><literal>\stepcounter{counter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\stepcounter</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\stepcounter</literal> command adds
- one to the <literal>counter</literal> and
- resets all subsidiary counters.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-setcounter-title"><literal>\setcounter{counter}{value}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\setcounter</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Counters, setting</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\setcounter</literal> command sets the
- value of the <literal>counter</literal> to
- that specified by the <literal>value</literal> argument.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-usecounter-title"><literal>\usecounter{counter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\usecounter</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\usecounter</literal> command is used in
- the second argument of the
- <literal>list</literal> environment to allow the counter
- specified to be used to number the list items.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-value-title"><literal>\value{counter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\value</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Counters, getting the value of</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\value</literal> command produces the
- value of the <literal>counter</literal> named
- in the mandatory argument. It can be used where &latex;
- expects an integer or number, such as the second
- argument of a <literal>\setcounter</literal>
- or <literal>\addtocounter</literal> command, or in:
- </para>
-<programlisting>
-\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}</programlisting>
-
- <para>It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.</para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="cross-references">
- <title id="cross-references-title">Cross References</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Cross referencing</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>One reason for numbering things like figures and
- equations is to refer the reader to them, as in
- <emphasis>See Figure 3 for more details.</emphasis>
- A smarter version of the cross reference commands
- is available in the package
- <link linkend="varioref"><literal>varioref</literal></link>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-label-title"><literal>\label{key}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\label</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>A <literal>\label</literal> command appearing in
- ordinary text assigns to the
- <literal>key</literal> the number of the current sectional
- unit; one appearing
- inside a numbered environment assigns that number to the
- <literal>key</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>A <literal>key</literal> can consist of any sequence
- of letters, digits, or punctuation characters.
- Upper and lowercase letters are different.
- </para>
- <para>To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same
- name, it is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and
- a suffix separated by a colon. The prefixes
- conventionally used are
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>cha</literal> for chapters</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>sec</literal>
- for lower-level sectioning commands
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>fig</literal> for figures
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>tab</literal> for tables
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>eq</literal> for equations
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Thus, a label for a figure would look like
- <literal>fig:bandersnatch</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-pageref"><literal>\pageref{key}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\pageref</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Cross referencing using page number</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\pageref</literal> command produces the
- page number of the place in the
- text where the corresponding <literal>\label</literal>
- command appears. ie. where
- <literal>\label{key}</literal> appears.
- For a smart version see
- <link linkend="cmd-vpageref"><literal>\vpageref</literal></link>.
- </para>
-
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-ref-title"><literal>\ref{key}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\ref</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Cross referencing using section number</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\ref</literal> command produces the
- number of the sectional unit,
- equation number, ... of the corresponding
- <literal>\label</literal> command. For a smart
- version see <link linkend="cmd-vref">\vref</link>.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="definitions">
- <title id="definitions-title">Definitions</title>
-
- <!-- FIXME: workaround for following bridgehead-->
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newcommand-title"><literal>\newcommand</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newcommand</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Commands, defining new ones</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Defining a new command</primary></indexterm>
-
-<programlisting>
-\newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
-\newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
-\renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
-\renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}</programlisting>
-
- <para>These commands define (or redefine) a command.</para>
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Options for <literal>\newcommand</literal></title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row role="db2latex:rowvspace" rowsep="0">
- <entry>cmd</entry>
- <entry>A command name beginning with a
- <literal>\</literal>. For
- <literal>\newcommand</literal> it
- must not be already defined and must not begin
- with <literal>\end</literal>; for
- <literal>\renewcommand</literal> it must already
- be defined.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row role="db2latex:rowvspace" rowsep="0">
- <entry>args</entry>
- <entry>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of
- arguments of the command being defined.
- The default is for the command to have no arguments.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row role="db2latex:rowvspace" rowsep="0">
- <entry>def</entry>
- <entry>If this optional parameter is present, it
- means that the command's first argument is
- optional. The default value of the optional
- argument is <literal>def</literal>.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row role="db2latex:rowvspace" rowsep="0">
- <entry>definition</entry>
- <entry>The text to be substituted for every
- occurrence of <literal>cmd</literal>; a
- parameter of the form <literal>#n</literal> in
- <literal>cmd</literal> is replaced by the text of
- the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newenvironment-title"><literal>\newenvironment</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Environments, defining</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Defining new environments</primary></indexterm>
-
-<programlisting>
-\newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
-\newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef}
-\renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}</programlisting>
-
- <para>These commands define or redefine an environment.</para>
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Options for <literal>\newenvironment</literal></title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>nam</entry>
- <entry>The name of the environment. For
- <literal>\newenvironment</literal> there must be
- no currently defined environment by that name,
- and the command
- <literal>\nam</literal> must be undefined.
- For <literal>\renewenvironment</literal> the
- environment must already be defined.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>args</entry>
- <entry>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number
- of arguments of the newly-defined environment.
- The default is no arguments. Arguments can only
- be used in te <literal>{begdef}</literal> part.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>default</entry>
- <entry>If this is specified, the first argument is
- optional, and <literal>default</literal>
- gives the default value for that argument.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>begdef</entry>
- <entry>The text substituted for every occurrence of
- <literal>\begin{nam}</literal>; a
- parameter of the form <literal>#n</literal> in
- <literal>cmd</literal> is replaced by the text of
- the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>enddef</entry>
- <entry>The text substituted for every occurrence
- of <literal>\end{nam}</literal>. It may
- not contain any argument parameters.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newtheorem-title"><literal>\newtheorem</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newtheorem</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Theorems, defining</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Defining new theorems</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>\newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within]
-\newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption}</programlisting>
-
- <para>This command defines a theorem-like environment.</para>
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Options for <literal>\newtheorem</literal></title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>env_name</entry>
- <entry>The name of the environment to be defined.
- A string of letters. It must
- not be the name of an existing environment or counter.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>caption</entry>
- <entry>The text printed at the beginning of the
- environment, right before the
- number. This may simply say
- <emphasis>Theorem</emphasis>, for example.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>within</entry>
- <entry>The name of an already defined counter, usually
- of a sectional unit. Provides a means of
- resetting the new theorem counter
- <emphasis role="bold">within</emphasis>
- the sectional unit.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>numbered_like</entry>
- <entry>The name of an already defined theorem-like environment.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>The <literal>\newtheorem</literal> command may have at
- most one optional argument.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newfont-title"><literal>\newfont</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newfont</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Fonts, new commands for</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Defining new fonts</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\newfont{cmd}{font_name}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Defines the command name <literal>cmd</literal>, which
- must not be currently
- defined, to be a declaration that selects the font named
- <literal>font_name</literal> to be the current font.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="document-classes">
- <title id="document-classes-title">Document Classes</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Document Classes</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Classes of document</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>article class</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>report class</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>book class</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>letter class</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\documentclass</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Valid &latex; document classes include:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem><simpara>article</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara>report</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara>letter</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara>book</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara>slides</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Other document classes are often available.
- See <link linkend="overview">&overview;</link>, for details.
- They are selected with the following command:
- </para>
- <para><literal>\documentclass [options] {class}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>All the standard classes (except slides) accept the
- following options
- for selecting the typeface size
- (<literal>10pt</literal> is default):
- </para>
- <para><literal>10pt, 11pt, 12pt</literal></para>
- <para>All classes accept these options for selecting the
- paper size (default is letter):
- </para>
- <para>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper,
- executivepaper
- </para>
- <para>Miscellaneous options:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>landscape --- selects landscape format.
- Default is portrait.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>titlepage, notitlepage --- selects if there should
- be a separate title page.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>leqno --- equation number on left side of equations.
- Default is right side.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>fleqn --- displayed formulas flush left.
- Default is centered.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>openbib --- use <emphasis>open</emphasis>
- bibliography format.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>draft, final --- mark/do not mark overfull
- boxes with a rule. Default is final.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>These options are not available with the slides class:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>oneside, twoside --- selects one- or twosided
- layout. Default is
- oneside, except for the book class.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>openright, openany --- determines if a chapter
- should start on a
- right-hand page. Default is openright for book.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>onecolumn, twocolumn --- one or two columns.
- Defaults to one column.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>The slides class offers the option
- <literal>clock</literal> for printing the time at
- the bottom of each note.
- </para>
- <para>If you specify more than one option, they must be
- separated by a comma.
- </para>
- <para>Additional packages are loaded by a
- </para>
- <para id="usepackage-linkend">
- <literal>\usepackage[options]{pkg}</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\usepackage</primary></indexterm>
- </para>
- <para>command. If you specify more than one package, they
- must be separated by a comma.
- <indexterm><primary>Packages, loading</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Loading additional packages</primary></indexterm>
- </para>
- <para>Any options given in the <literal>\documentclass</literal>
- command that are unknown
- by the selected document class are passed on to the packages
- loaded with <literal>\usepackage</literal>.
- <indexterm><primary>Global options</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Options, global</primary></indexterm>
- </para>
-
- <indexterm><primary>Layout commands</primary></indexterm>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="layout">
- <title id="layout-title">Layout</title>
-
- <para>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general
- layout of the page.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-flushbottom-title"><literal>\flushbottom</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\flushbottom</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\flushbottom</literal> declaration makes
- all text pages the same
- height, adding extra vertical space when necessary to fill
- out the page.
- </para>
- <para>This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-onecolumn-title"><literal>\onecolumn</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\onecolumn</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\onecolumn</literal> declaration starts
- a new page and produces single-column output.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-raggedbottom-title"><literal>\raggedbottom</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\raggedbottom</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\raggedbottom</literal> declaration
- makes all pages the height of the
- text on that page. No extra vertical space is added.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-twocolumn-title"><literal>\twocolumn</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\twocolumn</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Multicolumn text</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\twocolumn[text]</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\twocolumn</literal> declaration starts
- a new page and produces
- two-column output. If the optional <literal>text</literal>
- argument is present, it
- is typeset in one-column mode.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <!-- FIXME -->
-
- <section id="env-latex">
- <title id="env-latex-title">Environments</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Environments</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\begin</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\end</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>&latex; provides a number of different paragraph-making
- environments.
- Each environment begins and ends in the same manner.
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\begin{environment-name}
- .
- .
- .
-\end{environment-name}</programlisting>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-array">array</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Arrays, math</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>array</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
-column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{array}</programlisting>
-
- <para>Math arrays are produced with the array environment.
- It has a single
- mandatory argument describing the number of columns and
- the alignment within them. Each column,
- <literal>coln</literal>, is specified by a single letter
- that tells how items in that row should be formatted.
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>c</literal> --- for centered
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>l</literal> --- for flush left
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>r</literal> --- for flush right
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Column entries must be separated by an
- <literal>&amp;</literal>. Column entries may
- include other &latex; commands. Each row of the array
- must be terminated
- with the string <literal>\\</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>Note that the <literal>array</literal> environment
- can only be used in math mode, so
- normally it is used inside an <literal>equation</literal>
- environment.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-center"><literal>center</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>center</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Centering text, environment for</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{center}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{center}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>center</literal> environment allows you to
- create a paragraph consisting of lines that are
- centered within the left and right margins on
- the current page. Each line must be terminated with the string
- <literal>\\</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-centering"><literal>\centering</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\centering</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Centering text</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Formatting Text</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>This declaration corresponds to the
- <literal>center</literal> environment. This
- declaration can be used inside an environment such as
- <literal>quote</literal> or in
- a <literal>parbox</literal>. The text of a figure or
- table can be centered on the
- page by putting a <literal>\centering</literal> command
- at the beginning of the
- figure or table environment.
- </para>
- <para>Unlike the <literal>center</literal> environment,
- the <literal>\centering</literal> command does
- not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how &latex;
- formats paragraph
- units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
- declaration must contain the blank line or
- <literal>\end</literal> command (of an
- environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
- </para>
-
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-description"><literal>description</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>description</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Labelled lists, creating</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{description}
-\item [label] First item
-\item [label] Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{description}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>description</literal> environment is
- used to make labelled lists. The
- <literal>label</literal> is bold face and flushed right.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-enumerate"><literal>enumerate</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>enumerate</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lists of items, numbered</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{enumerate}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>enumerate</literal> environment produces
- a numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within
- one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be
- nested within other paragraph-making environments.
- </para>
- <para>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an
- <literal>\item</literal> command.
- There must be at least one <literal>\item</literal>
- command within the environment.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>enumerate</literal> environment uses the
- <literal>enumi</literal> through
- <literal>enumiv</literal> counters
- (see <link linkend="counters">Counters</link>).
- The type of numbering can be
- changed by redefining <literal>\theenumi</literal> etc.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-eqnarray"><literal>eqnarray</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>eqnarray</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Equations, aligning</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Aligning Equations</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{eqnarray}
-math formula 1 \\
-math formula 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{eqnarray}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>eqnarray</literal> environment is used
- to display a sequence of
- equations or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column
- <literal>array</literal> environment, with consecutive
- rows separated by <literal>\\</literal>
- and consecutive items within a row separated by an
- <literal>&amp;</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>An equation number is placed on every line unless that
- line has a <literal>\nonumber</literal> command.
- </para>
- <indexterm><primary>\lefteqn</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The command <literal>\lefteqn</literal> is used for
- splitting long formulas across
- lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush
- left in a box of zero width.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-equation"><literal>equation</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>equation</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Equations, environment for</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Formulae, environment for</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{equation}
- math formula
-\end{equation}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>equation</literal> environment centers
- your equation on the page and places
- the equation number in the right margin.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-figure"><literal>figure</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>figure</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Inserting figures</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{figure}[placement]
-
- body of the figure
-
-\caption{figure title}
-\end{figure}</programlisting>
-
- <indexterm><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm>
- <para>Figures are objects that are not part of the
- normal text, and are
- usually <emphasis>floated</emphasis> to a convenient
- place, like the top of a page.
- Figures will not be split between two pages.
- </para>
- <para>The optional argument <literal>[placement]</literal>
- determines where &latex; will try
- to place your figure. There are four places where
- &latex; can possibly put a float:
- </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><literal>h</literal> (Here) - at the position
- in the text where the figure
- environment appears.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><literal>t</literal> (Top) - at the top of a text page.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><literal>b</literal> (Bottom) - at the bottom
- of a text page.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><literal>p</literal> (Page of floats) - on a
- separate float page, which is a page
- containing no text, only floats.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>The standard report and article classes use the
- default placement <literal>tbp</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text,
- &latex; commands, etc.
- you wish. The <literal>\caption</literal> command
- allows you to title your figure.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-flushleft"><literal>flushleft</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>flushleft</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Left-justifying text, environment for</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Ragged right text, environment for</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{flushleft}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{flushleft}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>flushleft</literal> environment allows
- you to create a paragraph
- consisting of lines that are flushed left, to the
- left-hand margin.
- Each line must be terminated with the string
- <literal>\\</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-raggedright"><literal>\raggedright</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\raggedright</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Ragged right text</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Left-justifying text</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Justification, ragged right</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>This declaration corresponds to the
- <literal>flushleft</literal> environment. This
- declaration can be used inside an environment such
- as <literal>quote</literal> or in
- a <literal>parbox</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>Unlike the <literal>flushleft</literal>
- environment, the <literal>\raggedright</literal> command
- does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes
- how &latex; formats
- paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format,
- the scope of the
- declaration must contain the blank line or
- <literal>\end</literal> command (of an
- environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-flushright"><literal>flushright</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>flushright</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Ragged left text, environment for</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Right-justifying text, environment for</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{flushright}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{flushright}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>flushright</literal> environment allows
- you to create a paragraph
- consisting of lines that are flushed right, to the
- right-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with
- the string <literal>\\</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-raggedleft"><literal>\raggedleft</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\raggedleft</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Ragged left text</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Justification, ragged left</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Right-justifying text</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>This declaration corresponds to the
- <literal>flushright</literal> environment. This
- declaration can be used inside an environment such as
- <literal>quote</literal> or in
- a <literal>parbox</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>Unlike the <literal>flushright</literal>
- environment, the <literal>\raggedleft</literal> command
- does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes
- how &latex; formats
- paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format,
- the scope of the
- declaration must contain the blank line or
- <literal>\end</literal> command (of an
- environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-itemize"><literal>itemize</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>itemize</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\item</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lists of items</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{itemize}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{itemize}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>itemize</literal> environment produces
- a <emphasis>bulleted</emphasis> list. Itemizations
- can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep.
- They can also
- be nested within other paragraph-making environments.
- </para>
- <para>Each item of an <literal>itemized</literal> list
- begins with an <literal>\item</literal> command.
- There must be at least one <literal>\item</literal>
- command within the environment.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>itemize</literal> environment uses the
- <literal>itemi</literal> through
- <literal>itemiv</literal> counters (see
- <link linkend="counters">Counters</link>). The type of
- numbering can be
- changed by redefining <literal>\theitemi</literal> etc.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-letter"><literal>letter</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>letter</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>This environment is used for creating letters.
- See <link linkend="letters">Letters</link>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-list"><literal>list</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>list</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lists of items, generic</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>list</literal> environment is a generic
- environment which is used for
- defining many of the more specific environments. It is
- seldom used in documents, but often in macros.
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\begin{list}{label}{spacing}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{list}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>{label}</literal> argument specifies how
- items should be labelled.
- This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box
- to form the label. This argument can and usually does
- contain other &latex; commands.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>{spacing}</literal> argument contains
- commands to change the spacing
- parameters for the list. This argument will most often
- be null, i.e.,
- <literal>{}</literal>. This will select all default
- spacing which should suffice
- for most cases.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-minipage"><literal>minipage</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>minipage</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Footnotes in figures</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Figures, footnotes in</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Minipage, creating a</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{minipage}[position][height][inner-pos]{width}
- text
-\end{minipage}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>minipage</literal> environment is similar
- to a <literal>\parbox</literal> command.
- It takes the same optional <literal>position</literal>
- argument and mandatory
- <literal>width</literal> argument. You may use other
- paragraph-making environments
- inside a minipage.
- </para>
- <para>Footnotes in a <literal>minipage</literal> environment
- are handled in a way that is
- particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or
- tables.
- A <literal>\footnote</literal> or
- <literal>\footnotetext</literal> command puts the footnote at
- the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the
- page, and it
- uses the <literal>mpfootnote</literal> counter instead of
- the ordinary
- <literal>footnote</literal> counter See
- <link linkend="counters">Counters</link>.
- </para>
- <para>NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are
- using footnotes;
- they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-picture"><literal>picture</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>picture</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Creating pictures</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Pictures, creating</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
- .
- .
- picture commands
- .
- .
-\end{picture}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment allows you
- to create just about any kind
- of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and
- circles. You tell &latex; where to put things in the picture
- by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a number
- that may have a decimal point and a minus sign --- a number
- like <literal>5</literal>, <literal>2.3</literal> or
- <literal>-3.1416</literal>. A coordinate specifies a length
- in multiples of the unit length
- <literal>\unitlength</literal>, so if
- <literal>\unitlength</literal> has been set to
- <literal>1cm</literal>,
- then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of
- 2.54 centimetres. You can change the value of
- <literal>\unitlength</literal> anywhere you want, using the
- <literal>\setlength</literal> command, but strange things
- will happen if you try
- changing it inside the picture environment.
- </para>
- <para>A position is a pair of coordinates, such as
- <literal>(2.4,-5)</literal>, specifying
- the point with x-coordinate <literal>2.4</literal>
- and y-coordinate <literal>-5</literal>.
- Coordinates are specified in the usual way with
- respect to an origin, which is normally at the
- lower-left corner of the picture. Note that
- when a position appears as an argument, it is
- not enclosed in braces;
- the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment has one
- mandatory argument, which is a
- <literal>position</literal>. It specifies the size of
- the picture. The environment
- produces a rectangular box with width and height determined
- by this argument's x- and y-coordinates.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment also has
- an optional <literal>position</literal>
- argument, following the <literal>size</literal> argument,
- that can change the
- origin. (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument
- is not contained in square brackets.) The optional
- argument gives the coordinates of the point at the
- lower-left corner of the picture (thereby determining
- the origin). For example, if <literal>\unitlength</literal>
- has been set to <literal>1mm</literal>, the command
- <programlisting>
-\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)</programlisting>
- produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200
- millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20)
- and whose upper-right corner is therefore the point
- (110,220). When you first draw a picture, you will
- omit the optional argument, leaving the origin
- at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify
- your picture by shifting everything, you just add the
- appropriate optional argument.
- </para>
- <para>The environment's mandatory argument determines the
- nominal size of the picture. This need bear no relation
- to how large the picture really is;
- &latex; will happily allow you to put things outside the
- picture, or even off the page. The picture's nominal
- size is used by &latex; in determining
- how much room to leave for it.
- </para>
- <para>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by
- the <literal>\put</literal>
- command. The command
- <programlisting>
-\put (11.3,-.3){...}</programlisting>
- puts the object specified by <literal>...</literal>
- in the picture, with its
- reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3).
- The reference points for
- various objects will be described below.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\put</literal> command creates an
- <emphasis role="bold">LR box</emphasis>. You can put anything
- in the text argument of the <literal>\put</literal>
- command that you'd put into the
- argument of an <literal>\mbox</literal> and related
- commands. When you do this, the
- reference point will be the lower left corner of the box.
- </para>
- <para>Picture commands:
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-circle"><literal>\circle{diameter}, \circle*{diameter}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\circle</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\circle</literal> command produces a
- circle with a diameter as close to
- the specified one as possible. If the
- <literal>*</literal>-form of the command is
- used, &latex; draws a solid circle.
- </para>
- <para>Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-dashbox"><literal>\dashbox</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\dashbox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Draws a box with a dashed line.
- </para>
- <para><literal>\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\dashbox</literal> has an extra
- argument which specifies the width of
- each dash. A dashed box looks best when the
- <literal>width</literal> and
- <literal>height</literal> are multiples of the
- <literal>dash_length</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-frame"><literal>\frame{...}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\frame</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\frame</literal> command puts a
- rectangular frame around the object
- specified in the argument. The reference point
- is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra
- space is put between the frame and the object.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-framebox-op-picture-cp"><literal>\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\framebox</literal> command is exactly
- the same as the <literal>\makebox</literal>
- command, except that it puts a frame around the
- outside of the box that it creates.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>framebox</literal> command produces
- a rule of thickness
- <literal>\fboxrule</literal>, and leaves a space
- <literal>\fboxsep</literal> between the rule
- and the contents of the box.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-line"><literal>\line(x slope,y slope){length}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\line</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\line</literal> command draws a
- line of the specified <literal>length</literal> and
- <literal>slope</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>Note that &latex; can only draw lines with
- slope = x/y, where x and y
- have integer values from -6 through 6.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-linethickness"><literal>\linethickness{dimension}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\linethickness</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical
- lines in a picture
- environment to be <literal>dimension</literal>,
- which must be a positive length. It
- does not affect the thickness of slanted lines
- and circles, or the quarter circles drawn by
- <literal>\oval</literal> to form the corners of an oval.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp"><literal>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\makebox (picture)</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\makebox</literal> command for the
- picture environment is similar to
- the normal <literal>\makebox</literal> command except
- that you must specify a
- <literal>width</literal> and <literal>height</literal>
- in multiples of <literal>\unitlength</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>The optional argument, <literal>[position]</literal>,
- specifies the quadrant that your text appears in.
- You may select up to two of the following:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>t</literal> - Moves the item to the
- top of the rectangle
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>b</literal> - Moves the item to the bottom
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>l</literal> - Moves the item to the left
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>r</literal> - Moves the item to the right
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>See <link linkend="cmd-makebox">\makebox</link>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-multiput"><literal>\multiput(x coord,y coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\multiput</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\multiput</literal> command can be
- used when you are putting the same
- object in a regular pattern across a picture.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-oval"><literal>\oval(width,height)[portion]</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\oval</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\oval</literal> command produces
- a rectangle with rounded corners. The
- optional argument, <literal>[portion]</literal>,
- allows you to select part of the
- oval.
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>t</literal> - Selects the top portion
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>b</literal> - Selects the bottom portion
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>r</literal> - Selects the right portion
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>l</literal> - Selects the left portion
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Note that the <emphasis>corners</emphasis> of
- the oval are made
- with quarter circles with
- a maximum radius of 20 pt, so large
- <emphasis>ovals</emphasis> will
- look more like boxes with rounded corners.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-put"><literal>\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\put</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\put</literal> command places the
- item specified by the mandatory
- argument at the given coordinates.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-shortstack"><literal>\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\shortstack</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\shortstack</literal> command produces
- a stack of objects. The valid
- positions are:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>r</literal> - Moves the objects to the
- right of the stack
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>l</literal> - Moves the objects to
- the left of the stack
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>c</literal> - Moves the objects to
- the centre of the stack (default)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-vector"><literal>\vector(x slope,y slope){length}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\vector</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\vector</literal> command draws a
- line with an arrow of the specified
- length and slope. The <literal>x</literal> and
- <literal>y</literal> values must lie between -4
- and +4, inclusive.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-quotation"><literal>quotation</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>quotation</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{quotation}
- text
-\end{quotation}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The margins of the <literal>quotation</literal>
- environment are indented on the left
- and the right. The text is justified at both margins
- and there is paragraph indentation. Leaving a blank
- line between text produces a new paragraph.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-quote"><literal>quote</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>quote</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Quoted text, displaying</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Displaying quoted text</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{quote}
- text
-\end{quote}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The margins of the <literal>quote</literal>
- environment are indented on the left and
- the right. The text is justified at both margins.
- Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-tabbing"><literal>tabbing</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>tabbing</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Tab stops, using</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lining text up in columns using tab stops</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>\begin{tabbing}
-text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\
-second row \&gt; \&gt; more \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabbing}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>tabbing</literal> environment provides
- a way to align text in columns.
- It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much
- the way you do
- with an ordinary typewriter.
- </para>
- <para>It is best suited for cases where the width of each
- column is constant and known in advance.
- </para>
- <para>This environment can be broken across pages,
- unlike the <literal>tabular</literal>
- environment.
- </para>
- <para>The following commands can be used inside a
- <literal>tabbing</literal> environment:
- </para>
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Commands in a <literal>tabbing</literal> environment</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\=
- <indexterm><primary>\=</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Sets a tab stop at the current position.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\&gt;
- <indexterm><primary>\&gt;</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Advances to the next tab stop.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\&lt;
- <indexterm><primary>\&lt; </primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- This command allows you to put something to the
- left of the
- local margin without changing the margin.
- Can only be used at the start of the line.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\+
- <indexterm><primary>\+</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Moves the left margin of the next and all the
- following commands one tab stop to the right.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\-
- <indexterm><primary>\- (tabbing) </primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Moves the left margin of the next and all the
- following commands one tab stop to the left.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\'
- <indexterm><primary>\' (tabbing)</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Moves everything that you have typed so far in the
- current column, i.e. everything from the most recent
- <literal>\&gt;</literal>,
- <literal>\&lt;</literal>, <literal>\'</literal>,
- <literal>\\</literal>, or <literal>\kill</literal>
- command, to the right
- of the previous column, flush against the current
- column's tab stop.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\`
- <indexterm><primary>\` (tabbing)</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Allows you to put text flush right against any
- tab stop, including tab
- stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right
- of the last column
- because there's no tab stop there.
- The <literal>\`</literal> command moves all the
- text that follows it, up to the
- <literal>\\</literal> or <literal>\end{tabbing}</literal>
- command that ends the line, to the right
- margin of the tabbing environment.
- There must be no <literal>\&gt;</literal> or
- <literal>\'</literal> command between
- the <literal>\`</literal> and the command that
- ends the line.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\kill
- <indexterm><primary>\kill</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Sets tab stops without producing
- text. Works just like <literal>\\</literal>
- except that it throws away the
- current line instead of producing output for it.
- The effect of any
- <literal>\=</literal>, <literal>\+</literal> or
- <literal>\-</literal> commands in that line remain in
- effect.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\pushtabs
- <indexterm><primary>\pushtabs</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for
- temporarily changing tab stop positions in the
- middle of a
- <literal>tabbing</literal> environment.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\poptabs
- <indexterm><primary>\poptabs</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- Restores the tab stop positions saved by the
- last <literal>\pushtabs</literal>.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\a
- <indexterm><primary>\a</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- In a <literal>tabbing</literal> environment,
- the commands <literal>\=</literal>,
- <literal>\'</literal> and
- <literal>\`</literal> do not produce accents as
- normal. Instead, the commands
- <literal>\a=</literal>, <literal>\a'</literal>
- and <literal>\a`</literal> are used.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>This example typesets a Pascal function in a
- traditional format:
- </para>
- <programlisting>\begin{tabbing}
-function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
- \&gt; begin \= \+ \\
- \&gt; if \= n $&gt;$ 1 then \+ \\
- fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
- else \+ \\
- fact := 1; \-\- \\
- end;\\
-\end{tabbing}</programlisting>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-table"><literal>table</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>table</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Tables, creating</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Creating tables</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{table}[placement]
-
- body of the table
-
-\caption{table title}
-\end{table}</programlisting>
-
- <para>Tables are objects that are not part of the
- normal text, and are
- usually <emphasis>floated</emphasis> to a
- convenient place,
- like the top of a page.
- Tables will not be split between two pages.
- </para>
- <para>The optional argument <literal>[placement]</literal>
- determines where &latex; will try
- to place your table. There are four places where
- &latex; can possibly put a float:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>h</literal> : Here - at the position
- in the text where the table environment appears.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>t</literal> : Top - at the top of a text page.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>b</literal> : Bottom - at the bottom of
- a text page.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>p</literal> : Page of floats - on
- a separate float page, which is a page
- containing no text, only floats.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>The standard <literal>report</literal> and
- <literal>article</literal> classes use the default
- placement <literal>[tbp]</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>The body of the table is made up of whatever
- text, &latex; commands, etc.,
- you wish. The <literal>\caption</literal> command
- allows you to title your table.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-tabular"><literal>tabular</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>tabular</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lines in tables</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lining text up in tables</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
-column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabular}</programlisting>
-
- <para> or
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
-column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabular*}</programlisting>
-
- <para>These environments produce a box consisting of a
- sequence of rows of
- items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and optional
- arguments consist of:
- </para>
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Commands used inside a <literal>tabular</literal> environment</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>width
- </entry>
- <entry>Specifies the width of the
- <literal>tabular*</literal> environment. There must be
- rubber space between columns that can stretch
- to fill out the specified width.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>pos
- </entry>
- <entry>Specifies the vertical position; default
- is alignment on the centre of the environment.
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>t</literal> - align on top row
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>b</literal> - align on bottom row
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>cols
- </entry>
- <entry>Specifies the column formatting.
- It consists of a sequence of the
- following specifiers, corresponding to the
- sequence of columns and intercolumn material.
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>l</literal> - A column of
- left-aligned items.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>r</literal> - A column of
- right-aligned items.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>c</literal> - A column of
- centred items.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>|</literal> - A vertical line
- the full height and depth of the environment.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>@{text}</literal> - This inserts
- <literal>text</literal> in every row.
- An @-expression suppresses the intercolumn
- space normally inserted between columns; any
- desired space between the inserted text and
- the adjacent items must be included in text.
- An <literal>\extracolsep{wd}</literal>
- command in an
- @-expression causes an extra space of width
- <literal>wd</literal> to appear to the
- left of all subsequent columns, until
- countermanded by another
- <literal>\extracolsep</literal> command.
- Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this
- extra space is not suppressed by an
- @-expression. An
- <literal>\extracolsep</literal>
- command can be used only in an @-expression in the
- <literal>cols</literal> argument.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>p{wd}</literal> - Produces a
- column with each item typeset in a parbox of
- width <literal>wd</literal>, as if it were
- the argument of a <literal>\parbox[t]{wd}</literal>
- command. However, a <literal>\\</literal>
- may not appear in the item, except in the
- following situations:
- </simpara>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>inside an environment like
- <literal>minipage</literal>,
- <literal>array</literal>, or
- <literal>tabular</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>inside an explicit
- <literal>\parbox</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>in the scope of a
- <literal>\centering</literal>,
- <literal>\raggedright</literal>, or
- <literal>\raggedleft</literal>
- declaration. The latter declarations
- must appear inside braces or an
- environment when used in a
- <literal>p</literal>-column element.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>*{num}{cols}</literal>
- - Equivalent to <literal>num</literal> copies of
- <literal>cols</literal>, where
- <literal>num</literal> is any positive
- integer and <literal>cols</literal> is
- any list of column-specifiers, which may
- contain another
- <literal>*-expression</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>These commands can be used inside a
- <literal>tabular</literal> environment:
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-cline"><literal>\cline{i-j}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\cline</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\cline</literal> command draws horizontal
- lines across the columns
- specified, beginning in column <literal>i</literal>
- and ending in column <literal>j</literal>,
- which are identified in the mandatory argument.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-hline"><literal>\hline</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\hline</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\hline</literal> command will draw
- a horizontal line the width of the
- table. It's most commonly used to draw a line at
- the top, bottom, and
- between the rows of the table.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-multicolumn"><literal>\multicolumn</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\multicolumn</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}</literal>
- </para>
-
- <para>The <literal>\multicolumn</literal> is used to
- make an entry that spans several
- columns. The first mandatory argument,
- <literal>cols</literal>, specifies the
- number of columns to span. The second mandatory
- argument, <literal>pos</literal>,
- specifies the formatting of the entry;
- <literal>c</literal> for centred, <literal>l</literal>
- for flushleft, <literal>r</literal> for flushright.
- The third mandatory argument,
- <literal>text</literal>, specifies what text is to make
- up the entry.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-vline"><literal>\vline</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\vline</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\vline</literal> command will draw
- a vertical line extending the full
- height and depth of its row. An <literal>\hfill</literal>
- command can be used to
- move the line to the edge of the column.
- It can also be used in an @-expression.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-thebibliography"><literal>thebibliography</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>thebibliography</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Bibliography, creating (manually)</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{thebibliography}{widest-label}
-\bibitem[label]{cite_key}
- .
- .
- .
-\end{thebibliography}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>thebibliography</literal> environment
- produces a bibliography or reference list.
- In the <literal>article</literal> class, this reference
- list is labelled <emphasis>References</emphasis>;
- in the
- <literal>report</literal> class, it is labelled
- <emphasis>Bibliography</emphasis>.
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>widest-label</literal>: Text that,
- when printed, is approximately as wide
- as the widest item label produces by the
- <literal>\bibitem</literal> commands.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-bibitem"><literal>\bibitem[label]{cite_key}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\bibitem</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\bibitem</literal> command generates
- an entry labelled by <literal>label</literal>.
- If the <literal>label</literal> argument is
- missing, a number is generated as the
- <literal>label</literal>, using the
- <literal>enumi</literal> counter.
- The <literal>cite_key</literal> is
- any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation
- symbols not containing a comma.
- This command writes an entry on the
- <filename>.aux</filename> file containing
- <literal>cite_key</literal> and the item's
- <literal>label</literal>. When this
- <filename>.aux</filename> file is read by the
- <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command, the
- item's <literal>label</literal> is associated
- with <literal>cite_key</literal>, causing the
- reference to <literal>cite_key</literal> by a
- <literal>\cite</literal> command to produce the
- associated <literal>label</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-cite"><literal>\cite[text]{key_list}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\cite</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>key_list</literal> argument
- is a list of citation keys. This command
- generates an in-text citation to the references
- associated with the keys
- in <literal>key_list</literal> by entries on
- the <filename>.aux</filename> file read by the
- <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command.
- </para>
- <para>The optional <literal>text</literal> argument
- will appear after the citation,
- i.e. <literal>\cite[p.~2f.]{knuth}</literal> might
- produce `[Knuth, p. 2]'.
- </para>
- <para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>cite.sty</primary>
- </indexterm>
- The package <literal>cite.sty</literal>
- allows a line break in the <literal>\cite</literal>
- reference and can sort numerical entries.
- </para>
- <para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>overcite.sty</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <literal>overcite.sty</literal> makes
- citations like footnotes.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-nocite"><literal>\nocite{key_list}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\nocite</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\nocite</literal> command produces
- no text, but writes <literal>key_list</literal>,
- which is a list of one or more citation keys, on
- the <filename>.aux</filename> file.
- <literal>\nocite{*}</literal> uses all entries from
- the &bibtex; database.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="using-bibtex">Using BibTeX</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Using BibTeX</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BibTeX</primary>
- <secondary>using</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Bibliography, creating (automatically)</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\bibliographystyle</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\bibliography</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik
- (highly recommended if you need a bibliography of
- more than a couple of titles) to maintain
- your bibliography, you don't use the
- <literal>thebibliography</literal>
- environment. Instead, you include the lines
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\bibliographystyle{style}
-\bibliography{bibfile}</programlisting>
-
- <para>where <literal>style</literal> refers to a
- file <literal>style.bst</literal>, which defines how
- your citations will look.
- </para>
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Standard styles distributed with BibTeX</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>alpha
- </entry>
- <entry>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are
- formed from name of author and year of publication.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>plain
- </entry>
- <entry>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>unsrt
- </entry>
- <entry>Like <literal>plain</literal>, but entries
- are in order of citation.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>abbrv
- </entry>
- <entry>Like <literal>plain</literal>, but more
- compact labels.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>In addition, numerous other BibTeX style
- files exist tailored to the
- demands of various publications.
- </para>
- <para>The argument to <literal>\bibliography</literal>
- refers to the file
- <literal>bibfile.bib</literal>, which should contain
- your database in BibTeX
- format. Only the entries referred to via
- <literal>\cite</literal> and <literal>\nocite</literal>
- will be listed in the bibliography.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-theorem"><literal>theorem</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>theorem</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Theorems, typesetting</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{theorem}
- theorem text
-\end{theorem}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>theorem</literal> environment
- produces <emphasis>Theorem x</emphasis> in
- boldface followed by your theorem text.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-titlepage"><literal>titlepage</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>titlepage</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Making a title page</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Title pages, creating</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{titlepage}
- text
-\end{titlepage}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>titlepage</literal> environment creates
- a title page, i.e. a page with no
- printed page number or heading. It also causes the following
- page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page
- is left to you. The
- <literal>\today</literal> command comes in handy for title pages.
- <indexterm><primary>\today</primary></indexterm>
- </para>
- <para>Note that you can use the
- <literal>\maketitle</literal> (see
- <link linkend="cmd-maketitle">\maketitle</link>) command to
- produce a standard title page.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-verbatim"><literal>verbatim</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>verbatim</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Simulating typed text</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Typed text, simulating</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Programs, typesetting</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Computer programs, typesetting</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{verbatim}
- text
-\end{verbatim}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>verbatim</literal> environment is a
- paragraph-making environment that
- gets &latex; to print exactly what you type in.
- It turns &latex; into a
- typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the
- same effect that
- they would on a typewriter.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-verb"><literal>\verb char literal_text char</literal> <literal>\verb*char literal_text char</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\verb</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Verbatim text</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Typesets <literal>literal_text</literal>
- exactly as typed, including special
- characters and spaces, using a typewriter
- (<literal>\tt</literal>) type style.
- There may be no space between
- <literal>\verb</literal> or <literal>\verb*</literal> and
- <literal>char</literal> (space is shown here only
- for clarity). The <literal>*-form</literal>
- differs only in that spaces are printed
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-verse"><literal>verse</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>verse</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Poetry, an environment for</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\begin{verse}
- text
-\end{verse}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>verse</literal> environment is designed
- for poetry, though you may find
- other uses for it.
- </para>
- <para>The margins are indented on the left and the right.
- Separate the lines
- of each stanza with <literal>\\</literal>, and use one or
- more blank lines to
- separate the stanzas.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <!-- FIXME -->
-
- <section id="footnotes">
- <title id="footnotes-title">Footnotes</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Footnotes, creating</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be
- produced with one command, the <literal>\footnote</literal>
- command. They can also
- be produced with two commands, the
- <literal>\footnotemark</literal> and the
- <literal>\footnotetext</literal> commands.
- See the specific command for information
- on why you would use one over the other.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-cmd-footnote"><literal>\footnote[number]{text}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\footnote</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\footnote</literal> command places
- the numbered footnote <literal>text</literal> at
- the bottom of the current page. The optional argument,
- <literal>number</literal>,
- is used to change the default footnote number.
- This command can only be
- used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you cannot use
- it in sectioning
- commands like <literal>\chapter</literal>, in figures,
- tables or in a <literal>tabular</literal> environment.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-footnotemark"><literal>\footnotemark</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\footnotemark</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\footnotemark</literal> command puts
- the footnote <literal>number</literal> in the
- text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode.
- The text of the footnote is supplied by the
- <literal>\footnotetext</literal> command.
- </para>
- <para>This command can be used to produce several
- consecutive footnote markers
- referring to the same footnote by using
- </para>
- <para><literal>\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]</literal>
- </para>
- <para>after the first <literal>\footnote</literal> command.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-footnotetext"><literal>\footnotetext[number]{text}</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\footnotetext</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\footnotetext</literal> command
- produces the <literal>text</literal> to be placed
- at the bottom of the page. This command can come
- anywhere after the
- <literal>\footnotemark</literal> command.
- The <literal>\footnotetext</literal> command must
- appear in outer paragraph mode.
- </para>
- <para>The optional argument, <literal>number</literal>,
- is used to change the default
- footnote number.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="lengths">
- <title id="lengths-title">Lengths</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Lengths, defining and using</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>A <literal>length</literal> is a measure of distance. Many
- &latex; commands take a length as an argument.
- </para>
-
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newlength"><literal>\newlength</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newlength</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lengths, defining a new</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\newlength{\gnat}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\newlength</literal> command defines the
- mandatory argument, <literal>\gnat</literal>, as a
- <literal>length</literal> command with a value of
- <literal>0in</literal>. An error occurs if a
- <literal>\gnat</literal> command already exists.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-setlength"><literal>\setlength</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\setlength</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lengths, setting value of</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\setlength{\gnat}{length}</literal></para>
- <para>The <literal>\setlength</literal> command is used to set
- the value of a <literal>length</literal> command. The
- <literal>length</literal> argument can be expressed in any
- terms of length &latex; understands, i.e., inches
- (<literal>in</literal>), millimetres
- (<literal>mm</literal>), points (<literal>pt</literal>),
- etc.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-addtolength"><literal>\addtolength</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\addtolength</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Lengths, adding to</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\addtolength{\gnat}{length}</literal></para>
- <para>The <literal>\addtolength</literal> command increments
- <emphasis>length command</emphasis> by the amount
- specified in the
- <literal>length</literal> argument.
- It can be a negative amount.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-settodepth"><literal>\settodepth</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\settodepth</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</literal></para>
- <para>The <literal>\settodepth</literal> command sets the
- value of a <literal>length</literal> command equal to the
- depth of the <literal>text</literal> argument.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-settoheight"><literal>\settoheight</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\settoheight</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</literal></para>
- <para>The <literal>\settoheight</literal> command sets the
- value of a <literal>length</literal> command equal to the
- height of the <literal>text</literal> argument.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-settowidth"><literal>\settowidth</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\settowidth</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\settowidth{\gnat}{text}</literal></para>
- <para>The <literal>\settowidth</literal> command sets the
- value of a <literal>length</literal> command equal to the
- width of the <literal>text</literal> argument.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="predefined-lengths-title"><literal>Predefined lengths</literal></bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Lengths, predefined</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Predefined lengths</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para id="cmd-length-pre-width"><literal>\width</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\width</primary></indexterm>
- </para>
- <para id="cmd-length-pre-height"><literal>\height</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\height</primary></indexterm>
- </para>
- <para id="cmd-length-pre-depth"><literal>\depth</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\depth</primary></indexterm>
- </para>
- <para id="cmd-length-pre-totalheight"><literal>\totalheight</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\totalheight</primary></indexterm>
- </para>
- <para>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of
- the box-making commands See
- <link linkend="spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
- Boxes</link>.
- They
- specify the natural width etc. of the text in the box.
- <literal>\totalheight</literal> equals
- <literal>\height</literal> + <literal>\depth</literal>. To
- make a box with the text stretched to double the natural
- size, e.g., say
- </para>
- <para><literal>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</literal>
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="letters">
- <title id="letters-title">Letters</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Letters</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Creating letters</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>You can use &latex; to typeset letters, both personal and
- business. The <literal>letter</literal> document class is
- designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can
- make just one if you so desire.
- </para>
- <para>Your <filename>.tex</filename> source file has the same
- minimum commands as the other document classes, i.e., you must
- have the following commands as a minimum:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\documentclass{letter}
-\begin{document}
- ... letters ...
-\end{document}</programlisting>
-
- <para>Each letter is a <literal>letter</literal> environment,
- whose argument is the name and address of the recipient. For
- example, you might have:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.\\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
- ...
-\end{letter}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The letter itself begins with the
- <literal>\opening</literal> command. The text of the letter
- follows. It is typed as ordinary &latex; input. Commands that
- make no sense in a letter, like <literal>\chapter</literal>,
- do not work. The letter closes with a
- <literal>\closing</literal> command.
- </para>
- <para>After the <literal>closing</literal>, you can have
- additional material. The <literal>\cc</literal> command
- produces the usual <emphasis>cc: ...</emphasis>.
- There's also a similar
- <literal>\encl</literal> command for a list of enclosures.
- With both these commands, use <literal>\\</literal> to
- separate the items.
- </para>
- <para>These commands are used with the
- <literal>letter</literal> class:
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-address">\address</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\address</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\address{Return address}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The return address, as it should appear on the letter
- and the envelope. Separate lines of the address should be
- separated by <literal>\\</literal> commands. If you do not
- make an <literal>\address</literal> declaration, then the
- letter will be formatted for copying onto your
- organisation's standard letterhead. (See
- <link linkend="overview">&overview;</link>, for details on your
- local implementation). If you give an
- <literal>\address</literal> declaration, then the letter
- will be formatted as a personal letter.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-cc">\cc</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\cc</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Cc list</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to.
- Each name is printed on a separate line.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-closing">\closing</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\closing</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Letters, ending</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\closing{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The letter closes with a <literal>\closing</literal>
- command, i.e.,
- <programlisting>\closing{Best Regards,}</programlisting>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-encl">\encl</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\encl</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Enclosed material</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\encl{CV\\Certificates}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Generate a list of enclosed material.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-location">\location</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\location</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\location{address}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>This modifies your organisation's standard address.
- This only appears if the <literal>firstpage</literal>
- pagestyle is selected.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-makelabels">\makelabels</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\makelabels</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\makelabels{number}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>If you issue this command in the preamble, &latex; will
- create a sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output
- before the letters.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-name">\name</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\name</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\name{June Davenport}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together
- with the return address.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-opening">\opening</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\opening</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Letters, starting</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\opening{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The letter begins with the <literal>\opening</literal>
- command. The mandatory argument, <literal>text</literal>,
- is whatever text you wish to start your letter, i.e.,
- <programlisting>\opening{Dear Joe,} </programlisting>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-ps">\ps</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\ps</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\ps</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Use this command before a postscript.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-signature">\signature</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\signature</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\signature{Harvey Swick}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter
- underneath the space for your signature. Items that should
- go on separate lines should be separated by
- <literal>\\</literal> commands.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-startbreaks">\startbreaks</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\startbreaks</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\startbreaks</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Used after a <literal>\stopbreaks</literal> command to
- allow page breaks again.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-stopbreaks">\stopbreaks</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\stopbreaks</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\stopbreaks</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Inhibit page breaks until a
- <literal>\startbreaks</literal> command occurs.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-telephone">\telephone</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\telephone</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\telephone{number}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the
- <literal>firstpage</literal> pagestyle is selected.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="line-and-page-breaking">
- <title id="line-and-page-breaking-title">Line &amp; Page Breaking</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Page Breaking</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Line Breaking</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Page Formatting</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text
- is to translate your input file into a string of glyphs and
- spaces. To produce a printed document, this string must be
- broken into lines, and these lines must be broken into pages.
- In some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with
- the <literal>\\</literal> command, but &latex; usually does it
- for you.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-bslash">\\</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\\</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>New line, starting</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\\[extra-space], \\*[extra-space]</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\\</literal> command tells &latex; to start a
- new line. It has an optional argument,
- <literal>extra-space</literal>, that specifies how much
- extra vertical space is to be inserted before the next line.
- This can be a negative amount.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\\*</literal> command is the same as the
- ordinary <literal>\\</literal> command except that it tells
- &latex; not to start a new page after the line.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-dash-op-hyphenation-cp">\-</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\- (hyphenation)</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Hyphenation, forcing</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\-</literal> command tells &latex; that it
- may hyphenate the word at that point. &latex; is very good at
- hyphenating, and it will usually find all correct
- hyphenation points. The <literal>\-</literal> command is
- used for the exceptional cases.
- </para>
- <para>Note that when you insert <literal>\-</literal> commands
- in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at those points
- and not at any of the hyphenation points that &latex; might
- otherwise have chosen.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\cleardoublepage</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Starting on a right-hand page</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> command ends the
- current page and causes all figures and tables that have so
- far appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided
- printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand
- (odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-clearpage">\clearpage</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\clearpage</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Flushing a page</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\clearpage</literal> command ends the
- current page and causes all figures and tables that have so
- far appeared in the input to be printed.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-enlargethispage">\enlargethispage</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\enlargethispage</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Enlarge current page</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\enlargethispage{size}</literal>
- </para>
- <para><literal>\enlargethispage*{size}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Enlarge the <literal>\textheight</literal> for the
- current page by the specified amount; e.g.
- <literal>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</literal> will
- allow one additional line.
- </para>
- <para>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together
- on the page as much as possible. This is normally used
- together with an explicit <literal>\pagebreak</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-samepage">\samepage</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\samepage</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\samepage</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The object in the argument <literal>{}</literal>
- should be on the current page.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-fussy">\fussy</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\fussy</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\fussy</literal>
- </para>
- <para>This declaration (which is the default) makes &tex; more
- fussy about line breaking. This can avoids too much space
- between words, but may produce overfull boxes.
- </para>
- <para>This command cancels the effect of a previous
- <literal>\sloppy</literal> command.
- <link linkend="cmd-sloppy">\sloppy</link>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-hyphenation">\hyphenation</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\hyphenation</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Hyphenation, defining</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\hyphenation{words}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\hyphenation</literal> command declares
- allowed hyphenation points, where <literal>words</literal>
- is a list of words, separated by spaces, in which each
- hyphenation point is indicated by a <literal>-</literal>
- character.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-linebreak">\linebreak</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Line breaks</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\linebreak[number]</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\linebreak</literal> command tells &latex; to
- break the current line at the point of the command. With
- the optional argument, <literal>number</literal>, you can
- convert the <literal>\linebreak</literal> command from a
- demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to
- 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\linebreak</literal> command causes &latex;
- to stretch the line so it extends to the right margin.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newline">\newline</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newline</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>New line, starting (paragraph mode)</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\newline</literal> command breaks the line
- right where it is. It can only be used in paragraph mode.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newpage">\newpage</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newpage</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>New Page</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\newpage</literal> command ends the
- current page. In contrast to
- <link linkend="cmd-pagebreak">\pagebreak</link>
- it can produce a partly empty page, even when
- <link linkend="cmd-flushbottom-title">\flushbottom</link>
- is active.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-nolinebreak">\nolinebreak</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\nolinebreak</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\nolinebreak[number]</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\nolinebreak</literal> command prevents
- &latex; from breaking the current line at the point of the
- command. With the optional argument,
- <literal>number</literal>, you can convert the
- <literal>\nolinebreak</literal> command from a demand to a
- request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
- higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-nopagebreak">\nopagebreak</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\nopagebreak</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\nopagebreak[number]</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\nopagebreak</literal> command prevents
- &latex; from breaking the current page at the point of the
- command. With the optional argument,
- <literal>number</literal>, you can convert the
- <literal>\nopagebreak</literal> command from a demand to a
- request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
- higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-pagebreak">\pagebreak</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\pagebreak</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Page break, forcing</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\pagebreak[number]</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\pagebreak</literal> command tells &latex; to
- break the current page at the point of the command. With
- the optional argument, <literal>number</literal>, you can
- convert the <literal>\pagebreak</literal> command from a
- demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to
- 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request
- is.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-sloppy">\sloppy</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\sloppy</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\sloppy</literal>
- </para>
- <para>This declaration makes &tex; less fussy about line
- breaking. This can prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too
- much space between words.
- </para>
- <para>Lasts until a <literal>\fussy</literal> command is
- issued. <link linkend="cmd-fussy">\fussy</link>.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="making-paragraphs">
- <title id="making-paragraphs-title">Making Paragraphs</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Making paragraphs</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Paragraphs</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines
- --- lines not containing even a <literal>%</literal>. A blank
- line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be
- started, such as in math mode or in the argument of a
- sectioning command.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-indent">\indent</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\indent</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Indent, forcing</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\indent</literal>
- </para>
- <para>This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the
- width of the paragraph indentation. It is used to add
- paragraph indentation where it would otherwise be
- suppressed.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-noindent">\noindent</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\noindent</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Indent, suppressing</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\noindent</literal>
- </para>
- <para>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it
- suppresses the paragraph indentation. It has no effect when
- used in the middle of a paragraph.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-par">\par</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\par</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Paragraph, starting a new</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command
- or environment definitions easier to read.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="margin-notes">
- <title id="margin-notes-title">Margin Notes</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Margin Notes</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Notes in the margin</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Remarks in the margin</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The command <literal>\marginpar[left]{right}</literal>
- creates a note in the margin. The first line will be at the
- same height as the line in the text where the
- <literal>\marginpar</literal> occurs.
- </para>
- <para>When you only specify the mandatory argument
- <literal>right</literal>, the text will be placed
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>in the right margin for one-sided layout
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>in the outside margin for two-sided layout
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>in the nearest margin for two-column layout.
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>By issuing the command
- <literal>\reversemarginpar</literal>, you can force the
- marginal notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.
- </para>
- <para>When you specify both arguments, <literal>left</literal>
- is used for the left margin, and <literal>right</literal> is
- used for the right margin.
- </para>
- <para>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can
- enable hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a
- <literal>\hspace{0pt}</literal> command.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="math-formulae">
- <title id="math-formulae-title">Math Formulae</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Math Formulae</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Formulae, maths</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Math mode, entering</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\(</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\)</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\[</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\]</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>$</primary></indexterm>
-
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Three environments that put &latex; in math mode</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>math
- </entry>
- <entry>For Formulae that appear right in the text.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>displaymath
- </entry>
- <entry>For Formulae that appear on their own line.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>equation
- </entry>
- <entry>The same as the displaymath environment except
- that it adds an equation number in the right margin.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>The <literal>math</literal> environment can be used in
- both paragraph and LR mode, but the
- <literal>displaymath</literal> and <literal>equation</literal>
- environments can be used only in paragraph mode. The
- <literal>math</literal> and <literal>displaymath</literal>
- environments are used so often that they have the following
- short forms:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math}
-
-\[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}</programlisting>
-
- <para>In fact, the <literal>math</literal> environment is so
- common that it has an even shorter form:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-$ ... $ instead of \(...\)</programlisting>
-
- <indexterm><primary>exponent</primary></indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="subscripts-and-superscripts-title">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Superscript</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Subscript</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>_</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>^</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>To get an expression <emphasis>exp</emphasis> to appear
- as a subscript, you just type
- <literal>_{</literal><emphasis>exp</emphasis><literal>}
- </literal>.
- To get <emphasis>exp</emphasis> to appear as a superscript,
- you type
- <literal>^{</literal><emphasis>exp</emphasis>
- <literal>}</literal>.
- &latex; handles superscripted superscripts and all of that
- stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when
- something has both a subscript and a superscript.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="math-symbols-title">Math Symbols</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Maths symbols</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Symbols</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Greek letters</primary></indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="spacing-in-math-mode-title">Spacing in Math Mode</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Spacing, within Math mode</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Math mode, spacing</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>In a <literal>math</literal> environment, &latex; ignores
- the spaces you type and puts in the spacing that it thinks
- is best. &latex; formats mathematics the way it's done in
- mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, &latex;
- provides the following four commands for use in math mode:
- </para>
- <indexterm><primary>\;</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\COLON</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\,</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\!</primary></indexterm>
-
- <orderedlist><listitem>
- <para><literal>\;</literal> - a thick space
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><literal>\:</literal> - a medium space
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><literal>\,</literal> - a thin space
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><literal>\!</literal> - a negative thin space
- </para></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="math-miscellany-title">Math Miscellany</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Math Miscellany</primary></indexterm>
-
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Math Miscellany</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry id="cmd-math-misc-cdots">\cdots<indexterm>
- <primary>\cdots</primary>
- </indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots
- are raised to the centre of the line.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry id="cmd-math-misc-ddots">\ddots
- <indexterm><primary>\ddots</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Produces a diagonal ellipsis.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry id="cmd-math-misc-frac">\frac{num}{den}
- <indexterm><primary>\frac</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Produces the fraction <literal>num</literal>
- divided by <literal>den</literal>.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry id="cmd-math-misc-ldots">\ldots
- <indexterm><primary>\ldots</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Produces an ellipsis. This command works in
- any mode, not just math mode.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry id="cmd-math-misc-overbrace">\overbrace{text}
- <indexterm><primary>\overbrace</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Generates a brace over text.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry id="cmd-math-misc-overline">\overline{text}
- <indexterm><primary>\overline</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Causes the argument text to be overlined.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry id="cmd-math-misc-sqrt">\sqrt[root]{arg}
- <indexterm><primary>\sqrt</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Produces the square root of its argument. The
- optional argument, <literal>root</literal>,
- determines what root to produce, i.e., the cube root
- of <literal>x+y</literal> would be typed as
- <literal>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</literal>.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry id="cmd-math-misc-underbrace">\underbrace{text}
- <indexterm><primary>\underbrace</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Generates text with a brace underneath.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry id="cmd-math-misc-underline">\underline{text}
- <indexterm><primary>\underline</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Causes the argument text to be underlined. This
- command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry id="cmd-math-misc-vdots">\vdots
- <indexterm><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Produces a vertical ellipsis.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry id="cmd-math-misc-ensuremath">\ensuremath{}
- <indexterm><primary>\ensuremath{}</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>It's argument is set in math mode. This
- is needed for own definitions.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="modes">
- <title id="modes-title">Modes</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Modes</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Paragraph mode</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Math mode</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Left-to-right mode</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>LR mode</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>When &latex; is processing your input text, it is always in
- one of three modes:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>paragraph mode
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Math mode
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>&latex; changes mode only when it goes up or down a
- staircase to a different level, though not all level changes
- produce mode changes. Mode changes occur only when entering or
- leaving an environment, or when &latex; is processing the
- argument of certain text-producing commands.
- </para>
- <para><emphasis>Paragraph mode</emphasis> is the most
- common; it's the one &latex;
- is in when processing ordinary text. In that mode, &latex;
- breaks your text into lines and breaks the lines into pages.
- &latex; is in <emphasis>math mode</emphasis> when it's
- generating a mathematical
- formula. In <emphasis>LR mode</emphasis>, as in
- paragraph mode, &latex;
- considers the output that it produces to be a string of words
- with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode,
- &latex; keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new
- line in LR mode. Even if you put a hundred words into an
- <literal>\mbox</literal>, &latex; would keep typesetting them
- from left to right inside a single box, and then complain
- because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.
- </para>
- <para>&latex; is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an
- <literal>\mbox</literal> command. You can get it to enter a
- different mode inside the box - for example, you can make it
- enter math mode to put a formula in the box. There are also
- several text-producing commands and environments for making a
- box that put &latex; in paragraph mode. The box make by one of
- these commands or environments will be called a
- <literal>parbox</literal>. When &latex; is in paragraph mode
- while making a box, it is said to be in <emphasis>inner paragraph
- mode</emphasis>. Its normal paragraph mode, which it
- starts out in, is
- called <emphasis>outer paragraph mode</emphasis>.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="page-styles">
- <title id="page-styles-title">Page Styles</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Styles, page</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Page styles</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\documentclass</literal> command determines
- the size and position of the page's head and foot. The page
- style determines what goes in them.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-maketitle">\maketitle</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Title making</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\maketitle</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\maketitle</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\maketitle</literal> command generates a
- title on a separate title page. In the
- <literal>article</literal> class,
- <literal>\maketitle</literal>
- will also switch to pagestyle <literal>plain</literal>.
- See <link linkend="page-styles">Page Styles</link> for
- commands to change page numbering.
- </para>
- <para>
- Information used to produce the title is obtained from
- the following declarations:
- </para>
- <para>See <link linkend="page-styles">Page Styles</link> for
- the commands to give the information.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-author">\author</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\author</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Author, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\author{names}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\author</literal> command declares the
- author(s), where <literal>names</literal> is a list of
- authors separated by <literal>\and</literal> commands. Use
- <literal>\\</literal> to separate lines within a single
- author's entry -- for example, to give the author's
- institution or address.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-date">\date</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\date</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Date, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\date{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\date</literal> command declares
- <emphasis>text</emphasis> to be the document's date. With
- no <literal>\date</literal> command, the current date is
- used.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-thanks">\thanks</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\thanks</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Thanks, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\thanks{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\thanks</literal> command produces a
- <literal>\footnote</literal> to the title.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-title">\title</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\title</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Title, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\title{text}</literal>
- </para>
-
- <para>The <literal>\title</literal> command declares
- <literal>text</literal> to be the title. Use
- <literal>\\</literal> to tell &latex; where to start a new
- line in a long title.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\pagenumbering</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Page numbering</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\pagenumbering{num_style}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of
- <literal>num_style</literal> are:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>arabic</literal> - Arabic numerals
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>roman</literal> - Lowercase Roman numerals
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>Roman</literal> - Uppercase Roman numerals
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>alph</literal> - Lowercase letters
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>Alph</literal> - Uppercase letters
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-pagestyle">\pagestyle</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\pagestyle</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\pagestyle{option}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\pagestyle</literal> command changes the
- style from the current page on throughout the remainder of
- your document.
- </para>
- <para>The valid options are:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>plain</literal> - Just a plain page number.
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>empty</literal> - Produces empty heads and
- feet - no page numbers.
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>headings</literal> - Puts running headings
- on each page. The document style specifies what goes in
- the headings.
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>myheadings</literal> - You specify what is
- to go in the heading with the
- <literal>\markboth</literal> or the
- <literal>\markright</literal> commands.
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-markboth">\markboth</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\markboth</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\markboth{left head}{right head}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>\markboth</literal> command is used in
- conjunction with the page style
- <literal>myheadings</literal> for setting both the left and
- the right heading. You should note that a <emphasis>left-hand
- heading</emphasis> is generated by the last
- <literal>\markboth</literal> command before the end of the
- page, while a <emphasis>right-hand heading</emphasis>
- is generated by the
- first <literal>\markboth</literal> or
- <literal>\markright</literal> that comes on the page if
- there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-markright">\markright</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\markright</primary></indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>
-\markright{right head}</programlisting>
-
- <para>The <literal>\markright</literal> command is used in
- conjunction with the page style
- <literal>myheadings</literal> for setting the right heading,
- leaving the left heading unchanged. You should note that a
- <emphasis>left-hand heading</emphasis>
- is generated by the last
- <literal>\markboth</literal> command before the end of the
- page, while a <emphasis>right-hand heading</emphasis>
- is generated by the
- first <literal>\markboth</literal> or
- <literal>\markright</literal> that comes on the page if
- there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\thispagestyle</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\thispagestyle{option}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\thispagestyle</literal> command works in
- the same manner as the <literal>\pagestyle</literal> command
- except that it changes the style for the current page only.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="sectioning">
- <title id="sectioning-title">Sectioning</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Sectioning</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\chapter</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\subsubsection</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\subsection</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\paragraph</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\subparagraph</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your
- text into units.
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-sectioning-part"><literal>\part</literal>
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-sectioning-chapter"><literal>\chapter</literal> (report and book class
- only)
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-sectioning-section"><literal>\section</literal>
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-sectioning-subsection"><literal>\subsection</literal>
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-sectioning-subsubsection"><literal>\subsubsection</literal>
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-sectioning-paragraph"><literal>\paragraph</literal>
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-sectioning-subparagraph"><literal>\subparagraph</literal>
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,
- </para>
- <para><literal>\chapter[optional]{title}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>In addition to providing the heading in the text, the
- mandatory argument of the sectioning command can appear in two
- other places:
- </para>
- <orderedlist><listitem>
- <para>The table of contents
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The running head at the top of the page
- </para></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>You may not want the same thing to appear in these other
- two places as appears in the text heading. To handle this
- situation, the sectioning commands have an
- <literal>optional</literal> argument that provides the text
- for these other two purposes.
- </para>
- <para>All sectioning commands have <literal>*</literal>-forms
- that print a <emphasis>title</emphasis>, but do not include a
- number and do not make an entry in the table of contents.
- </para>
- <indexterm><primary>\appendix</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Appendix, creating</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para id="cmd-sectioning-appendix"><literal>\appendix</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\appendix</literal> command changes the way
- sectional units are numbered. The
- <literal>\appendix</literal> command generates no text and
- does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this
- command is something like
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\chapter{The First Chapter}
- ...
-\appendix
-\chapter{The First Appendix}</programlisting>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="spaces-and-boxes">
- <title id="spaces-and-boxes-title">Spaces &amp; Boxes</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Spaces</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Boxes</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>All the predefined length parameters See
- <link linkend="predefined-lengths-title">Predefined lengths</link> can
- be used in the arguments of the box-making commands.
- </para>
-
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-dotfill">\dotfill</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\dotfill</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\dotfill</literal> command produces a
- <emphasis>rubber length</emphasis> that produces dots
- instead of just spaces.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-hfill">\hfill</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\hfill</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\hfill</literal> fill command produces a
- <emphasis>rubber length</emphasis> which can stretch
- or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-hrulefill">\hrulefill</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\hrulefill</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\hrulefill</literal> fill command produces
- a <emphasis>rubber length</emphasis> which can stretch
- or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal rule.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-hspace">\hspace</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\hspace</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\hspace{length}, \hspace*{length}</literal>
- </para>
-
- <para>The <literal>\hspace</literal> command adds horizontal
- space. The length of the space can be expressed in any
- terms that &latex; understands, i.e., points, inches, etc.
- You can add negative as well as positive space with an
- <literal>\hspace</literal> command. Adding negative space
- is like backspacing.
- </para>
- <para>&latex; removes horizontal space that comes at the end of
- a line. If you don't want &latex; to remove this space,
- include the optional <literal>*</literal> argument. Then
- the space is never removed.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-addvspace">\addvspace</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\addvspace</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Vertical space, inserting</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Space, inserting vertical</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\addvspace{length}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\addvspace</literal> command normally adds
- a vertical space of height length. However, if vertical
- space has already been added to the same point in the
- output by a previous <literal>\addvspace</literal>
- command, then this command will not add more space than
- needed to make the natural length of the total vertical
- space equal to <literal>length</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-bigskip">\bigskip</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\bigskip</literal> command is equivalent to
- <literal>\vspace{bigskipamount}</literal> where
- <literal>bigskipamount</literal> is determined by the
- document class.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-medskip">\medskip</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\medskip</literal> command is
- equivalent to <literal>\vspace{medskipamount}</literal>
- where <literal>medskipamount</literal> is determined by
- the document class.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-smallskip">\smallskip</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\smallskip</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\smallskip</literal> command is equivalent
- to <literal>\vspace{smallskipamount}</literal> where
- <literal>smallskipamount</literal> is determined by the
- document class.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-vfill">\vfill</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\vfill</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>\vfill</literal> fill command produces a
- rubber length which can stretch or shrink vertically.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-vspace">\vspace</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\vspace</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\vspace{length}, \vspace*{length}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\vspace</literal> command adds vertical
- space. The length of the space can be expressed in any
- terms that &latex; understands, i.e., points, inches,
- etc. You can add negative as well as positive space with
- an <literal>\vspace</literal> command.
- </para>
- <para>&latex; removes vertical space that comes at the end
- of a page. If you don't want &latex; to remove this
- space, include the optional <literal>*</literal>
- argument. Then the space is never removed.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-fbox">\fbox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\fbox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\fbox{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\fbox</literal> command is exactly the
- same as the <literal>\mbox</literal> command, except
- that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
- it creates.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead id="cmd-framebox">\framebox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\framebox[width][position]{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\framebox</literal> command is exactly the
- same as the <literal>\makebox</literal> command, except
- that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
- it creates.
- </para>
- <para>The framebox command produces a rule of thickness
- <literal>\fboxrule</literal>, and leaves a space
- <literal>\fboxsep</literal> between the rule and the
- contents of the box.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="env-lrbox">lrbox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>lrbox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>This is the environment form of <literal>\sbox</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>The text inside the environment is saved in the box
- <literal>cmd</literal>, which must have been declared with
- <literal>\newsavebox</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-makebox">\makebox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\makebox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\makebox[width][position]{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\makebox</literal> command creates a
- box just wide enough to contain the
- <literal>text</literal> specified. The width of the box
- is specified by the optional <literal>width</literal>
- argument. The position of the text within the box is
- determined by the optional <literal>position</literal>
- argument.
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>c</literal> --- centred (default)
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>l</literal> --- flushleft
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>r</literal> --- flushright
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>s</literal> --- stretch from left to right
- margin. The text must contain stretchable space for this
- to work.
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>See <link linkend="cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp">\makebox
- (picture)</link>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-mbox">\mbox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\mbox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\mbox{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\mbox</literal> command creates a box just
- wide enough to hold the text created by its argument.
- </para>
- <para>Use this command to prevent text from being split
- across lines.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-newsavebox">\newsavebox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\newsavebox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\newsavebox{cmd}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Declares <literal>cmd</literal>, which must be a command
- name that is not already defined, to be a bin for saving
- boxes.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-parbox">\parbox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\parbox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>A <literal>parbox</literal> is a box whose contents are
- created in <literal>paragraph</literal> mode. The
- <literal>\parbox</literal> has two mandatory arguments:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"
- ><listitem>
- <simpara><literal>width</literal> - specifies the width of
- the parbox, and
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>text</literal> - the text that goes inside
- the parbox.
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>&latex; will position a <literal>parbox</literal> so
- its centre lines up with the centre of the text line.
- The optional <emphasis>position</emphasis> argument
- allows you to line up either the top or bottom line in
- the parbox (default is top).
- </para>
- <para>If the <emphasis>height</emphasis> argument is not
- given, the box will have the natural height of the text.
- </para>
- <para>The <emphasis>inner-pos</emphasis> argument controls the
- placement of the text inside the box. If it is not
- specified, <emphasis>position</emphasis> is used.
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>t</literal> --- text is placed at the top
- of the box.
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>c</literal> --- text is centred in the box.
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>b</literal> --- text is placed at the
- bottom of the box.
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>s</literal> --- stretch vertically. The
- text must contain vertically stretchable space for this
- to work.
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>A <literal>\parbox</literal> command is used for a
- parbox containing a small piece of text, with nothing
- fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use any of
- the paragraph-making environments inside a
- <literal>\parbox</literal> argument. For larger pieces
- of text, including ones containing a paragraph-making
- environment, you should use a
- <literal>minipage</literal> environment See
- <link linkend="env-minipage">minipage</link>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-raisebox">\raisebox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\raisebox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\raisebox</literal> command is used to
- raise or lower text. The first mandatory argument
- specifies how high the text is to be raised (or lowered
- if it is a negative amount). The text itself is
- processed in <literal>LR mode</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <para>Sometimes it's useful to make &latex; think
- something has a different size than it really does - or
- a different size than &latex; would normally think it
- has. The <literal>\raisebox</literal> command lets you
- tell &latex; how tall it is.
- </para>
- <para>The first optional argument,
- <literal>extend-above</literal>, makes &latex; think
- that the text extends above the line by the amount
- specified. The second optional argument,
- <literal>extend-below</literal>, makes &latex; think
- that the text extends below the line by the amount
- specified.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-rule">\rule</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\rule</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\rule</literal> command is used to produce
- horizontal lines. The arguments are defined as follows:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>raise-height</literal> - specifies how high
- to raise the rule (optional)
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>width</literal> - specifies the length of
- the rule (mandatory)
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>thickness</literal> - specifies the
- thickness of the rule (mandatory)
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-savebox">\savebox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\savebox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text}</literal></para>
-
- <para>This command typeset <literal>text</literal> in a box just as
- for <literal>\makebox</literal>. However, instead of
- printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin
- <literal>cmd</literal>, which must have been declared with
- <literal>\newsavebox</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-sbox">\sbox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\sbox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\sbox{cmd}\{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>This commands typesets <literal>text</literal> in a box
- just as for <literal>\mbox</literal>. However, instead of
- printing the resulting box, it saves it in
- <literal>cmd</literal>, which must have been declared with
- <literal>\newsavebox</literal>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-usebox">\usebox</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\usebox</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\usebox{cmd}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Prints the box most recently saved in bin
- <literal>cmd</literal> by a <literal>\savebox</literal>
- command.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="special-characters">
- <title id="special-characters-title">Special Characters</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Special Characters</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Characters, special</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Reserved Characters</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Characters, reserved</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The following characters play a special role in &latex; and
- are called
- <emphasis>special printing characters</emphasis>, or simply
- <emphasis>special characters</emphasis>.
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-# $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ { }</programlisting>
-
- <para>Whenever you put one of these special characters into
- your file, you are doing something special. If you simply
- want the character to be printed just as any other letter,
- include a <literal>\</literal> in front of the character.
- For example, <literal>\$</literal> will produce
- <literal>$</literal> in your output.
- </para>
- <para>One exception to this rule is the <literal>\</literal>
- itself because <literal>\\</literal> has its own special
- meaning. A <literal>\</literal> is produced by typing
- <literal>$\backslash$</literal> in your file.
- </para>
- <para>Also, <literal>\~</literal> means `place a tilde
- accent over the following letter', so you will probably
- want to use <literal>\verb</literal> instead.
- </para>
- <indexterm><primary>\backslash</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\symbol</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Accessing any character of a font</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>In addition, you can access any character of a font
- once you know its number by using the
- <literal>\symbol</literal> command. For example, the
- character used for displaying spaces in the
- <literal>\verb*</literal> command has the code decimal 32,
- so it can be typed as <literal>\symbol{32}</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>You can also specify octal numbers with
- <literal>'</literal> or hexadecimal numbers with
- <literal>"</literal>, so the previous example could also
- be written as <literal>\symbol{'40}</literal> or
- <literal>\symbol{"20}</literal>.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="special-symbols">
- <title id="special-symbols-title">Special Symbols</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Symbols</primary>
- <secondary>Special</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para></para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="accents-on-chars-title">Accents on Characters</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Accents</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The rules differ somewhat depending whether you are
- in <link linkend="modes">text mode</link>,
- <link linkend="modes">math modes</link>, or the
- <link linkend="env-tabbing">tabbing environment</link>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Text Mode</bridgehead>
- <para>The following accents may be placed on letters.
- Although <emphasis>o</emphasis> is used in
- most of the example, the accents may be placed on
- any letter. Accents may even be placed above a
- <emphasis>missing</emphasis> letter; for example,
- <literal>\~{}</literal> produces a tilde over a
- blank space.
- </para>
- <para>The following commands may be used only in
- paragraph or LR mode:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\`{o}</literal>
- produces a grave accent,
- <emphasis>&ograve;</emphasis></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\'{o}</literal>
- produces an acute accent,
- <emphasis>&oacute;</emphasis></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\^{o}</literal>
- produces a circumflex,
- <emphasis>&ocirc;</emphasis></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\"{o}</literal>
- produces an umlaut or dieresis,
- <emphasis>&ouml;</emphasis></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\H{o}</literal>
- produces a long Hungarian umlaut
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\~{o}</literal>
- produces a tilde,
- <emphasis>&otilde;</emphasis></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\c{c}</literal>
- produces a cedilla,
- <emphasis> &ccedil;</emphasis></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\={o}</literal>
- produces a macron accent (a bar over the letter)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\b{o}</literal>
- produces a bar under the letter
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\.{o}</literal>
- produces a dot over the letter
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\d{o}</literal>
- produces a dot under the letter
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\u{o}</literal>
- produces a breve over the letter
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\v{o}</literal>
- produces a <emphasis>v</emphasis> over
- the letter</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\t{oo}</literal>
- produces a <emphasis>tie</emphasis>
- (inverted u) over the two letters
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>Note that the letters <emphasis>i</emphasis>
- and <emphasis>j</emphasis> require special
- treatment when they are given accents because
- it is often desirable to replace the
- dot with the accent. For this purpose, the commands
- <literal>\i</literal> and <literal>\j</literal>
- can be used to produce dotless letters.
- </para>
- <para>For example,
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\^{\i}</literal>
- should be used for i, circumflex, &icirc;
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\"{\i}</literal>
- should be used for i, umlaut, &iuml;</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="accents-chars-math">Math Mode</bridgehead>
- <para>Several of the above and some similar accents
- can also be produced in math mode. The following
- commands may be used <emphasis>only</emphasis>
- in math mode:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\hat{o}</literal>
- is similar to the circumflex
- (cf. <literal>\^</literal>)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\widehat{oo}</literal>
- is a wide version of
- <emphasis>\hat</emphasis>
- over several letters
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\check{o}</literal>
- is a vee or check (cf. <literal>\v</literal>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\tilde{o}</literal>
- is a tilde (cf. <literal>\~</literal>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\widetilde{oo}</literal>
- is a wide version of
- <literal>\tilde</literal>
- over several letters
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\acute{o}</literal>
- is an acute accent (cf. <literal>\`</literal>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\grave{o}</literal>
- is a grave accent (cf. <literal>>\'</literal>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\dot{o}</literal>
- is a dot over the letter
- (cf. <literal>\.</literal>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\ddot{o}</literal>
- is a double dot over the letter
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\breve{o}</literal>
- is a breve (cf. <literal>\u</literal>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\bar{o}</literal>
- is a macron (cf. <literal>\=</literal>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\vec{o}</literal>
- is a vector (arrow) over the letter
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="accents-chars-tabbing">Tabbing Environment</bridgehead>
- <para>Some of the accent marks used in running
- text have other uses in the
- <link linkend="env-tabbing">Tabbing Environment</link>.
- In that case they can be created with the
- following command:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>>\a'</literal>
- for an acute accent</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\a`</literal>
- for a grave accent</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\a=</literal>
- for a macron accent</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="arrows-title">Arrows</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Arrows</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&latex; provides commands for all sorts of arrows.
- The following commands are used only in math mode.
- </para>
- <para>In general the command names are created from
- <literal>left</literal>, <literal>right</literal>,
- <literal>up</literal>, or <literal>down</literal>.
- <literal>leftright</literal> gives a double headed
- arrow. Prefacing with <literal>long</literal> gives
- a longer arrow. Capitalizing the
- first letter gives a double-shanked arrow.
- </para>
- <para>Examples are:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\leftarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Leftarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\longleftarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Longleftarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\rightarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Rightarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\longrightarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Longrightarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\leftrightarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\longleftrightarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\uparrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\downarrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Uparrow</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>>\nearrow</literal> points from
- southwest to northeast</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\searrow</literal> points from
- northwest to southeast</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\swarrow</literal> points from
- northeast to southwest</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\nwarrow</literal> points from
- southeast to northwest</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\stackrel</literal> command is
- useful for putting things over or under your arrow.
- </para>
- <para>See also:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><link linkend="math-symbols-title">Math Symbols</link></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- <link linkend="binary-and-relational-ops-title">
- Binary and Relational Operators</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- <link linkend="greek-letters-title">Greek Letters</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><link linkend="misc-symbols-title">
- Miscellaneous Symbols</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>
- <link linkend="variable-math-size-symbols-title">
- Variable Size Math Symbols</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="binary-and-relational-ops-title">Binary and Relational Operators</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Binary Operators</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Relational Operators</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Operators</primary>
- <secondary>Binary</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Operators</primary>
- <secondary>Relational</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Some <emphasis>math</emphasis> symbols are
- obtained by typing the corresponding keyboard
- character. Examples include
- <programlisting>+ - = &lt; &gt; </programlisting>
- <note>
- <para>plus, minus, and equal sign may be used in
- either text or math mode, but &lt; and &gt; are
- math mode only (they produce inverted exclamation
- and question marks, respectively,
- in text mode).
- </para>
- </note>
- </para>
- <para>The following commands may be used only in math mode:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\pm</literal>
- plus or minus sign</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\mp</literal>
- minus or plus sign</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\times</literal>
- times (an "x")</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\div</literal>
- divided by sign</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\ast</literal>
- an asterisk (centered)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\star</literal>
- a five-point star (centered)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\bullet</literal>
- a bullet</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\circ</literal>
- an open bullet</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\cdot</literal>
- a centered dot</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\leq</literal>
- less than or equal to</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\ll</literal>
- much less than</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\subset</literal>
- is a subset of</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\geq</literal>
- greater than or equal to</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\gg</literal>
- much greater than</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\equiv</literal>
- equivalence symbol</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\sim</literal>
- similar to</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\simeq</literal>
- similar or equal to</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\approx</literal>
- approximately equal to</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\neq</literal>
- not equal to</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\per</literal>
- "perpendicular to" symbols</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\propto</literal>
- proportional to</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>Note that <emphasis>greater than</emphasis>
- and <emphasis>less than</emphasis> are obtained
- simply by entering <literal>&gt;</literal> and
- <literal>&lt;</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>A slash, indicating <emphasis>not</emphasis>
- can be placed through a symbol (or a letter) with the
- <literal>\not</literal> command. For example,
- not less than is <literal>\not&lt;</literal>
- and not less than or equal to is
- <literal>\not\leq</literal>.
- If the slash isn't properly positioned it can be
- moved by putting a math mode spacing command
- between the <literal>\not</literal>and the symbol.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="delimiters-title">Delimiters</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Delimiters</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Delimiters are objects which act logically like
- parentheses. These can be used only in math mode.
- </para>
- <para>The delimiters recognized by &latex; include:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>(</literal>
- (left parenthesis)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>)</literal>
- (right parenthesis)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>[</literal>
- (left bracket)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>]</literal>
- (right bracket)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\{</literal>
- (left brace)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\}</literal>
- (right brace)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>|</literal>
- (vertical line)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\vert</literal>
- (vertical line)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\|</literal>
- (double vertical lines)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Vert</literal>
- (double vertical lines)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>/</literal>
- (slash)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\backslash</literal>
- (backslash)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\langle</literal>
- (left angle bracket)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\rangle</literal>
- (right angle bracket)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\uparrow</literal>
- (uparrow)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\downarrow</literal>
- (down arrow)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\updownarrow</literal>
- (up/down arrow)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Making Delimiters the Right Size</bridgehead>
- <para>Delimiters in formulas should be big enough
- to <emphasis>fit</emphasis> around the formulas
- they delimit (for example arround arrays).
- To obtain <emphasis>stretchable</emphasis>
- delimiters (&latex; makes them the appropriate size)
- type a <literal>\left</literal> or
- <literal>\right</literal> command before
- the delimiter. <literal>\left</literal> and
- <literal>\right</literal> commands must come in
- matching pairs, although the delimiters themselves
- need not be the same. Thus,
- <literal> \left \{ ... \right \[ </literal>
- produces a legal pair.
- In cases where only one delimiter is desired, it
- is possible to make the matching delimiter
- <emphasis>invisible</emphasis> by typing a
- period (<literal>.</literal>) after the command,
- i.e., <literal>\left.</literal> or
- <literal>\right.</literal>
- </para>
- <para>In an <link linkend="env-eqnarray">eqnarray</link>
- environment the matching
- <literal>\left</literal> and <literal>\right</literal>
- cannot be split between lines and it may be necessary
- to use an <emphasis>invisible</emphasis>
- <literal>\right.</literal> and <literal>\left.</literal>
- to terminate and begin parts on different lines.
- In this case a second problem may arise, since the
- size of the delimiters will be chosen only for the
- <emphasis>local part</emphasis>, so that the size of
- the <emphasis>visible</emphasis>
- <emphasis>left</emphasis>
- and <emphasis>right</emphasis> delimiters might
- not match. The solution is to trick &latex; into thinking
- that both parts have the same vertical height. This
- can be done by placing a strut, that is a zero-width
- <literal>\rule</literal>. It can also be accomplished
- with the <literal>\vphantom</literal> command, which
- I have not found documented, but which appears to work.
- </para>
- <para><literal>\vphantom{construct}</literal>
- creates a zero-width object with the height of
- <literal>construct</literal>.
- The argument can contain things such as
- <literal>\frac</literal> or the
- <emphasis>variable size math symbols</emphasis>
- and should be chosen according to what is in the
- section with the delimiter you want to match.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Some Examples</bridgehead>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">A six-j symbol</bridgehead>
- <para>
- <programlisting>
-\[ \left\{
-\begin{array}{ccc}
-a &amp; b &amp; c \\
-d &amp; e &amp; f \end{array}
-\right>\} \]</programlisting>
- This should be displayed something like
- (insofar as it can be rendered in
- "ascii art"):
- <programlisting>
-( a b c )
-- -
-( d e f )
-</programlisting>
- Note that the <literal>\[ ... \]</literal>
- set this off as <emphasis>Display Math</emphasis>,
- and that the <emphasis>Array Environment</emphasis>
- is used to generate the three centered columns
- inside the braces.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">A "multiple choice" equation</bridgehead>
- <para>
- <programlisting>
-\[ f(x) =
- \left\{ \begin{array}{l}
- 0, x &lt; 0 \\ 1, x = 0 \\
- 2, x &gt; 0 \end{array} \right. \]</programlisting>
- will be displayed as
- <programlisting>
- ( 0, x &lt; 0
-f(x) = - 1, x = 0
- ( 2, x &gt; 0</programlisting>
- Note that the <emphasis>invisible</emphasis>
- <literal>\right</literal> delimiter is specified
- using a <emphasis>period</emphasis>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="ellipsis-title">Ellipsis</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Ellipsis</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Ellipses (three dots) can be produced by the
- following commands
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\ldots</literal>
- horizontally at bottom of line
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\cdots</literal>
- horizontally center of line
- (math mode only)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\ddots</literal>
- diagonal (math mode only)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\vdots</literal>
- vertical (math mode only)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="greek-letters-title">Greek Letters</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Greek Letters</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>These commands may be used only in math mode:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\alpha</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\beta</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\gamma</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\delta</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\epsilon</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\varepsilon</literal> (variation,
- script-like)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\zeta</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\eta</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\theta</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\vartheta</literal> (variation,
- script-like)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\iota</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\kappa</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\lambda</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\mu</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\nu</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\xi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\pi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\varpi</literal> (variation)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\rho</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\varrho</literal> (variation,
- with the tail)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\sigma</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\varsigma</literal> (variation,
- script-like)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\tau</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\upsilon</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\phi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\varphi</literal> (variation,
- script-like)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\chi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\psi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\omega</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Capital letters:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Gamma</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Delta</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Theta</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Lambda</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Xi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Pi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Sigma</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Upsilon</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Phi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Psi</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>\Omega</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- See also:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><link linkend="math-symbols-title">Math Symbols</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><link linkend="accents-on-chars-title">Accents</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><link linkend="misc-symbols-title">Miscellaneous Symbols</link>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="misc-symbols-title">Miscellaneous Symbols</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Symbols</primary>
- <secondary>Miscellaneous</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Some symbols for math</bridgehead>
- <para>The following symbols are also used only in math mode
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-aleph"><literal>\aleph</literal>
- Hebrew aleph</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-hbar"><literal>\hbar</literal>
- h-bar, Planck's constant</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-imath"><literal>\imath</literal>
- variation on <emphasis>i</emphasis>; no dot
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-jmath"><literal>\jmath</literal>
- variation on <emphasis>j</emphasis>; no dot
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-ell"><literal>\ell</literal>
- script (loop) <emphasis>l</emphasis>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-wp"><literal>\wp</literal>
- fancy script lowercase <emphasis>P</emphasis>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-re"><literal>\Re</literal>
- script capital <emphasis>R</emphasis>
- (<emphasis>Real</emphasis>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-im"><literal>\Im</literal>
- script capital <emphasis>I</emphasis>
- (<emphasis>Imaginary</emphasis>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-prime"><literal>\prime</literal>
- prime (also obtained by typing
- <literal>'</literal>)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-nabla"><literal>\nabla</literal>
- inverted capital Delta
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-surd"><literal>\surd</literal>
- radical (square root) symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-angle"><literal>\angle</literal>
- angle symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-forall"><literal>\forall</literal>
- <emphasis>for all</emphasis> (inverted A)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-exists"><literal>\exists</literal>
- <emphasis>exists</emphasis> (left-facing E)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-partial"><literal>\partial</literal>
- partial derivative symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-infty"><literal>\infty</literal>
- infinity symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-triangle"><literal>\triangle</literal>
- open triangle symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-box"><literal>\Box</literal>
- open square
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-diamond"><literal>\Diamond</literal>
- open diamond
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-flat"><literal>\flat</literal>
- music: flat symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-natural"><literal>\natural</literal>
- music: natural symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-clubsuit"><literal>\clubsuit</literal>
- playing cards: club suit symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-diamondsuit"><literal>\diamondsuit</literal>
- playing cards: diamond suit symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-heartsuit"><literal>\heartsuit</literal>
- playing cards: heart suit symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-misc-symbol-spadsuit"><literal>\spadesuit</literal>
- playing cards: space suit symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Some Other Symbols</bridgehead>
- <para>The following symbols can be used in any mode:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-other-symbol-dag"><literal>\dag</literal>
- dagger
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-other-symbol-ddag">><literal>\ddag</literal>
- double dagger
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-other-symbol-s">><literal>\S</literal>
- section symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-other-symbol-p">><literal>\P</literal>
- paragraph symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-other-symbol-copyright">><literal>\copyright</literal>
- copyright symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-other-symbol-pounds">><literal>\pounds</literal>
- British pound sterling symbol
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Calligraphic Style Letters</bridgehead>
- <para>Twenty-six calligraphic letters are
- provided (the upper case alphabet). These
- can only be used in math mode.
- </para>
- <para>In &latex; 2.09 they are produced with the
- <literal>\cal</literal> declaration:
- <programlisting>${\cal A}$</programlisting>
- In &latex2e; they are obtained with the
- <literal>\mathcal</literal> command:
- <programlisting>$\mathcal{CAL}$</programlisting>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="math-functions-title">Math Functions</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Math Functions</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Functions like <emphasis>log</emphasis> or
- <emphasis>cos</emphasis> are normally used in
- math mode. However, inmath mode strings of letters
- are treated as a product of variables, which
- would normally be displayed in math italics rather
- than a text font which would be appropriate for
- these functions. To get proper display of such functions
- they are generated with &latex; commands.
- </para>
- <para>Some of these commands are:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-arccos"><literal>\arccos</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-arcsin"><literal>\arcsin</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-arctan"><literal>\arctan</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-cos"><literal>\cos</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-cosh"><literal>\cosh</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-cot"><literal>\cot</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-coth"><literal>\coth</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-csc"><literal>\csc</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-deg"><literal>\deg</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-det"><literal>\det</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-dim"><literal>\dim</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-exp"><literal>\exp</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-gcd"><literal>\gcd</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-hom"><literal>\hom</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-inf"><literal>\inf</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-ker"><literal>\ker</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-lg"><literal>\lg</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-lim"><literal>\lim</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-liminf"><literal>\liminf</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-limsup"><literal>\limsup</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-ln"><literal>\ln</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-log"><literal>\log</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-max"><literal>\max</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-min"><literal>\min</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-sec"><literal>\sec</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-sin"><literal>\sin</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-sinh"><literal>\sinh</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-sup"><literal>\sup</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-tan"><literal>\tan</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-tanh"><literal>\tanh</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>Two commands are provided for the "modulus" function
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-bmod"><literal>\bmod</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-func-pmod"><literal>\pmod{}</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- The former would be used to write "a mod b" as
- <literal>a \bmod b</literal>
- and the latter, which requires an argument that is
- displayed in parentheses, would be used to write
- "n = i (mod j)" as <literal>n = i \pmod{j}</literal>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="variable-math-size-symbols-title">Variable Size Math Symbols</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Math Symbols, Variable Size</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The size of some mathematical symbols, notably
- summation signs, product signs, and
- integral signs, depends on the environment in which they
- appear (i.e., <literal>displaymath</literal>
- as opposed to <literal>math</literal> environments.
- </para>
- <para>These include:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-sum"><literal>\sum</literal>
- a summation sign (capital sigma)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-prod"><literal>\prod</literal>
- a product (capital pi)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-coprod"><literal>\coprod</literal>
- a coproduct (inverted capital pi)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-int"><literal>\int</literal>
- an integral sign</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-oint"><literal>\oint</literal>
- a surface (circular) integral sign</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-bigcup"><literal>\bigcup</literal>
- big "U"</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-bigcap"><literal>\bigcap</literal>
- big inverted "U"</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-bigvee"><literal>\bigvee</literal>
- big "V"</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-bigwedge"><literal>\bigwedge</literal>
- big inverted "V"</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-bigodot"><literal>\bigodot</literal>
- big "O" with dot at center</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-bigotimes"><literal>\bigotimes</literal>
- big "O" with cross inside</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-bigoplus"><literal>\bigoplus</literal>
- big "O" with a + inside</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara id="cmd-math-symbol-biguplus"><literal>\biguplus</literal>
- big "U" with a + inside</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\sqrt</literal> command also
- produces a variable size symbol appropriate for
- the size of hte radicand argument.
- </para>
- <para>The "limits" associated with these symbols are entered
- as <emphasis>subscripts</emphasis> for entries appearing
- below the symbol and as <emphasis>superscripts</emphasis>
- for entries appearing above the symbol.
- For example the sum from n=0 to infinity of
- x<superscript>n</superscript> would be entered as
- <programlisting>\sum_{n=0}^{\infty} x_{n}</programlisting>
- The actual placement of the limits depends on whether
- this is in <literal>displaymath</literal> mode in which
- case they are placed below/above
- or in <emphasis>math</emphasis> mode in running text
- in which case they are placed as regular
- subscripts and superscripts.
- </para>
- <para>Note that it is possible to treat several of
- these symbols (a common example would be a double sum)
- as a single symbol for placing limits above and/or
- below by using the <literal>\mathop</literal> command.
- </para>
- <para><emphasis>Hats</emphasis> and
- <emphasis>tildes</emphasis> over symbols which stretch
- (as best they can) to the correct size for their
- arguments are produced by <literal>\widehat</literal>
- and <literal>\widetilde</literal>
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="splitting-the-input">
- <title id="splitting-the-input-title">Splitting the Input</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Splitting the input file</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Input file, splitting</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than
- putting the whole input in a single large file, it's more
- efficient to split it into several smaller ones.
- Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is
- one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you
- type when you run &latex;.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-include-title">\include</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\include</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\include{file}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\include</literal> command is used in
- conjunction with the <literal>\includeonly</literal>
- command for selective inclusion of files. The
- <literal>file</literal> argument is the first name of a
- file, denoting <filename>file.tex</filename>. If
- <literal>file</literal> is one the file names in the
- file list of the <literal>\includeonly</literal> command
- or if there is no <literal>\includeonly</literal>
- command, the <literal>\include</literal> command is
- equivalent to
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\clearpage \input{file} \clearpage</programlisting>
-
- <para>except that if the file
- <filename>file.tex</filename> does not exist, then a
- warning message rather than an error is produced. If
- the file is not in the file list, the
- <literal>\include</literal> command is equivalent to
- <literal>\clearpage</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\include</literal> command may not appear
- in the preamble or in a file read by another
- <literal>\include</literal> command.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-includeonly-title">\includeonly</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\includeonly</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\includeonly{</literal><emphasis>file_list</emphasis><literal>}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\includeonly</literal> command controls
- which files will be read in by an
- <literal>\include</literal> command.
- <emphasis>file_list</emphasis> should be a
- comma-separated list of filenames. Each filename must
- match exactly a filename specified in a
- <literal>\include</literal> command. This command can
- only appear in the preamble.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-input-title">\input</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\input</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\input{file}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\input</literal> command causes the
- indicated <literal>file</literal> to be read and processed,
- exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the current
- file at that point. The file name may be a complete file
- name with extension or just a first name, in which case the
- file <filename>file.tex</filename> is used.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="starting-and-ending">
- <title id="starting-and-ending-title">Starting &amp; Ending</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Starting &amp; Ending</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Ending &amp; Starting</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Your input file must contain the following commands as a minimum:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-\documentclass{class}
-\begin{document}
- ... your text goes here ...
-\end{document}</programlisting>
-
- <para>where the <literal>class</literal> selected is one of the
- valid classes for &latex;. See <link linkend="document-classes">Document Classes</link> (and see
- <link linkend="overview">&overview;</link>), for details of the
- various document classes available locally.
- </para>
- <para>You may include other &latex; commands between the
- <literal>\documentclass</literal> and the
- <literal>\begin{document}</literal> commands (i.e., in the
- `preamble').
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="table-of-contents">
- <title id="table-of-contents-title">Table of Contents</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Table of Contents, creating</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>A table of contents is produced with the
- <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\tableofcontents</primary></indexterm>
- command. You put the command right where you want the table of
- contents to go; &latex; does the rest for you. It produces a
- heading, but it does not automatically start a new page. If
- you want a new page after the table of contents, include a
- <literal>\newpage</literal> command after the
- <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> command.
- </para>
- <para>There are similar commands
- <literal>\listoffigures</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\listoffigures</primary></indexterm> and
- <literal>\listoftables</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\listoftables</primary></indexterm> for
- producing a list of figures and a list of tables,
- respectively. Everything works exactly the same as for the
- table of contents. </para>
- <para>NOTE: If you want any of
- these items to be generated, you cannot have the
- <literal>\nofiles</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\nofiles</primary></indexterm> command in
- your document.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-addcontentsline-title">\addcontentsline</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\addcontentsline</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> command adds an
- entry to the specified list or table where:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>file</literal> is the extension of the file
- on which information is to be written:
- <literal>toc</literal> (table of contents),
- <literal>lof</literal> (list of figures), or
- <literal>lot</literal> (list of tables).
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>sec_unit</literal> controls the formatting
- of the entry. It should be one of the following,
- depending upon the value of the file argument:
- </simpara><orderedlist><listitem>
- <simpara><literal>toc</literal> --- the name of the
- sectional unit, such as part or subsection.
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>lof</literal> --- figure
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>lot</literal> --- table
- </simpara></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>entry</literal> is the text of the entry.
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-addtocontents-title">\addtocontents</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\addtocontents</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\addtocontents{file}{text}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>The <literal>\addtocontents</literal> command adds text
- (or formatting commands) directly to the file that generates
- the table of contents or list of figures or tables.
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>file</literal> is the extension of the file
- on which information is to be written:
- <literal>toc</literal> (table of contents),
- <literal>lof</literal> (list of figures), or
- <literal>lot</literal> (list of tables).
- </simpara></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>text</literal> is the information to be
- written.
- </simpara></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="terminal-input-slash-output">
- <title id="terminal-input-slash-output-title">Terminal Input/Output</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Input/Output</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Terminal Input/Output</primary></indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-typein-title">\typein</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\typein</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\typein[cmd]{msg}</literal>
- </para>
-
- <para>Prints <literal>msg</literal> on the terminal and
- causes &latex; to stop and wait for you to type a line
- of input, ending with return. If the
- <literal>cmd</literal> argument is missing, the typed
- input is processed as if it had been included in the
- input file in place of the <literal>\typein</literal>
- command. If the <literal>cmd</literal> argument is
- present, it must be a command name. This command name
- is then defined or redefined to be the typed input.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="cmd-typeout-title">\typeout</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>\typeout</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\typeout{msg}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Prints <literal>msg</literal> on the terminal and in the
- <literal>log</literal> file. Commands in
- <literal>msg</literal> that are defined with
- <literal>\newcommand</literal> or
- <literal>\renewcommand</literal> are replaced by their
- definitions before being printed.
- </para>
-
- <para>&latex;'s usual rules for treating multiple spaces
- as a single space and ignoring spaces after a command
- name apply to <literal>msg</literal>. A
- <literal>\space</literal> command in
- <literal>msg</literal> causes a single space to be
- printed. A <literal>^^J</literal> in
- <literal>msg</literal> prints a newline.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="typefaces">
- <title id="typefaces-title">Typefaces</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Typefaces</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Fonts</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The <literal>typeface</literal> is specified by giving the
- <emphasis>size</emphasis> and <emphasis>style</emphasis>.
- A typeface is also called a <emphasis>font</emphasis>.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="styles-title">\Styles</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Font Styles</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Typeface Styles</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Styles of text</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The following type style commands are supported by
- &latex;.
- </para>
- <para>These commands are used like <literal>\textit{italics
- text}</literal>. The corresponding command in parenthesis
- is the <emphasis>declaration form</emphasis>, which
- takes no arguments. The
- scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type
- style command or the end of the current group.
- </para>
- <para>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say
- <literal>\sffamily\bfseries</literal> to get sans serif
- boldface.
- </para>
- <para>You can also use the environment form of the declaration
- forms; e.g.
- <literal>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</literal>.
- </para>
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Typefaces</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textrm (\rmfamily)
- <indexterm><primary>\textrm</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\rmfamily</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Roman.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textit (\itshape)
- <indexterm><primary>\textit</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\itshape</primary></indexterm>,
- \emph
- <indexterm><primary>\emph</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Emphasis (toggles between \textit and \textrm).
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textmd (\mdseries)
- <indexterm><primary>\textmd</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\mdseries</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Medium weight (default). The opposite of
- boldface.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textbf (\bfseries)
- <indexterm><primary>\textbf</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\bfseries</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Boldface.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textup (\upshape)
- <indexterm><primary>\textup</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\upshape</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textsl (\slshape)
- <indexterm><primary>\textsl</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\slshape</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Slanted.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textsf (\sffamily)
- <indexterm><primary>\textsf</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\sffamily</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Sans serif.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textsc (\scshape)
- <indexterm><primary>\textsc</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\scshape</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Small caps.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\texttt (\ttfamily)
- <indexterm><primary>\texttt</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\ttfamily</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Typewriter.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\textnormal (\normalfont)
- <indexterm><primary>\textnormal</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\normalfont</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Main document font.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\mathrm
- <indexterm><primary>\mathrm</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Roman, for use in math mode.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\mathbf
- <indexterm><primary>\mathbf</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Boldface, for use in math mode.
- For bold symbols or complete equations take a look at
- <link linkend="boldsymbol-linkend"><literal>\boldsymbol</literal></link>
- and <link linkend="cmd-bm"><literal>\bm</literal></link>.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\mathsf
- <indexterm><primary>\mathsf</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Sans serif, for use in math mode.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\mathtt
- <indexterm><primary>\mathtt</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Typewriter, for use in math mode.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\mathit
- <indexterm><primary>\mathit</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable
- names with several letters.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\mathnormal
- <indexterm><primary>\mathnormal</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type
- style declaration.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\mathcal
- <indexterm><primary>\mathcal</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>In addition, the command
- <literal>\mathversion{bold}</literal>
- <indexterm><primary>\mathversion</primary></indexterm> can
- be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in
- formulas. <literal>\mathversion{normal}</literal> restores
- the default.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="sizes-title">Sizes</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Font Sizes</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Typeface Sizes</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Sizes of text</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The following standard type size commands are supported
- by &latex;.
- </para>
- <para>The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The
- scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type
- style command or the end of the current group.
- </para>
- <para>You can also use the environment form of these commands;
- e.g. <literal>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</literal>.
- </para>
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Standard type size commands</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\tiny<indexterm>
- <primary>\tiny</primary>
- </indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\scriptsize
- <indexterm><primary>\scriptsize</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\footnotesize
- <indexterm><primary>\footnotesize</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\small
- <indexterm><primary>\small</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\normalsize
- <indexterm><primary>\normalsize</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>(default)</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\large
- <indexterm><primary>\large</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\Large
- <indexterm><primary>\Large</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\LARGE
- <indexterm><primary>\LARGE</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\huge
- <indexterm><primary>\huge</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>\Huge
- <indexterm><primary>\Huge</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5" id="low-dash-level-font-commands-title">Low-level font commands</bridgehead>
- <indexterm><primary>Low-level font commands</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Font commands, low-level</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of
- macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a
- subset of the available ones. For full details, you
- should consult Chapter 7 of <citetitle>The &latex;
- Companion</citetitle>.
- </para>
-
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Low-level font commands</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\fontencoding{enc}
- <indexterm><primary>\fontencoding</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include
- <literal>OT1</literal> and <literal>T1</literal>.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\fontfamily{family}
- <indexterm><primary>\fontfamily</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Select font family. Valid families include:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem><simpara><literal>cmr</literal> for
- Computer Modern Roman
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>cmss</literal> for
- Computer Modern Sans Serif
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>cmtt</literal> for
- Computer Modern Typewriter
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist> and numerous others.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\fontseries{series}
- <indexterm><primary>\fontseries</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Select font series. Valid series include:
-
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem><simpara><literal>m</literal> Medium
- (normal)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>b</literal> Bold
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>c</literal> Condensed
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>bc</literal> Bold
- condensed
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>bx</literal> Bold
- extended
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist> and various other combinations.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\fontshape{shape}
- <indexterm><primary>\fontshape</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem><simpara><literal>n</literal> Upright
- (normal)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>it</literal> Italic
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>sl</literal> Slanted
- (oblique)
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>sc</literal> Small caps
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>ui</literal> Upright
- italics
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><simpara><literal>ol</literal> Outline
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist> The two last shapes are not
- available for most font families.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\fontsize{size}{skip}
- <indexterm><primary>\fontsize</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Set font size. The first parameter is the font
- size to switch to; the second is the
- <literal>\baselineskip</literal> to use. The unit of
- both parameters defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is
- that the baselineskip should be 1.2 times the font
- size.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\selectfont
- <indexterm><primary>\selectfont</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>The changes made by calling the four font
- commands described above do not come into effect
- until <literal>\selectfont</literal> is called.
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0"><entry>\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}
- <indexterm><primary>\usefont</primary></indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry>Equivalent to calling
- <literal>\fontencoding</literal>,
- <literal>\fontfamily</literal>,
- <literal>\fontseries</literal> and
- <literal>\fontshape</literal> with the given
- parameters, followed by
- <literal>\selectfont</literal>.
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="parameters">
- <title id="parameters-title">Parameters</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Parameters</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>The input file specification indicates the file to be
- formatted; &tex; uses <filename>.tex</filename> as a default file
- extension. If you omit the input file entirely, &tex; accepts
- input from the terminal. You specify command options by
- supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g.
- </para>
- <para><literal>latex \scrollmode\input foo.tex</literal>
- </para>
- <para>will process <filename>foo.tex</filename> without pausing
- after every error.
- </para>
- <para>Output files are always created in the current directory.
- When you fail to specify an input file name, &tex; bases the
- output names on the file specification associated with the
- logical name TEX_OUTPUT, typically
- <literal>texput.log</literal>.
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="latex-packages">
- <title id="latex-packages-title">&latex; Packages</title>
- <indexterm><primary>LaTeX Packages</primary></indexterm>
-
- <section id="amsmath">
- <title id="amsmath-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">amsmath</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>amsmath</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>amsmath</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>amsmath</literal> consists of several packages
- to aid in typesetting math.
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist id="boldsymbol-linkend" role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\boldsymbol</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\boldsymbol</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Produces a bold math symbol. When not only
- a single symbol, but a complete equation has to
- be bold you might consider using the superior
- <link linkend="cmd-bm"><literal>\bm</literal></link>
- command which takes
- better care of spacing.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="pmb-linkend">
- <term><literal>\pmb</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\pmb</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Can be used for mathematic symbols, when no
- bold version is available. It prints the standard
- symbol several times slightly shifted and is
- inferior to a real bold font!
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="dcolumn">
- <title id="dcolumn-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">dcolumn</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>dcolumn</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>dcolumn</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>\usepackage{dcolumn}</literal></para>
- <para>Defines a system for defining columns of entries in an
- <literal>array</literal> or <literal>tabular</literal>
- which are to be aligned on a
- <emphasis>decimal point</emphasis>.
- </para>
- <para>
- This package defines <literal>D</literal> to be a column
- specifier with three arguments:
- <programlisting>D{sep.tex}{sep.dvi}{decimal places}</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para><literal>sep.tex</literal> should be a single character,
- this is used as the separator in the <literal>.tex</literal>
- file. It will usually be '<literal>.</literal>' or
- '<literal>,</literal>'.
- </para>
- <para><literal>sep.dvi</literal> is used as the separator in the
- output.
- </para>
- <para><literal>decimal places</literal> should be the maximum
- number of decimal places in the column.
- </para>
- <para><literal>\newcolumntype</literal> can be used to define
- own column types.
- </para>
- </section>
-
-
-
- <section id="float">
- <title id="float-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">float</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>float</primary></indexterm>
- <note>
- <para>The contents of this section was taken from
- the documentation of <filename>float</filename> v1.3d of 2001/11/08.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para><quote>This style option improves the interface for defining
- objects such as figures and tabels in &latex;. It adds the
- notion of a <emphasis>float style</emphasis> that governs the
- appearance of floats.</quote>
- </para>
-
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\newfloat{&lt;placement&gt;}{&lt;ext&gt;}[&lt;within&gt;]</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm><primary>\newfloat</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>float</primary>
- <secondary>\newfloat</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Add a new class of floats.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\floatstyle{&lt;style&gt;}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm><primary>\floatstyle</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>float</primary>
- <secondary>\floatstyle</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Sets a default float style.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\floatname{&lt;style&gt;}{&lt;name&gt;}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm><primary>\floatname</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>float</primary>
- <secondary>\floatname</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Define the <emphasis>float name</emphasis> used
- in the caption of a float.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\floatplacement{&lt;&gt;}{&lt;placement&gt;}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm><primary>\floatplacement</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>float</primary>
- <secondary>\floatplacement</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Resets the default placement specifier of a class of floats.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\restylefloat&lt;style&gt;</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm><primary>\restylefloat</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>float</primary>
- <secondary>\restylefloat</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Change styles for the standard float types
- <literal>figure</literal> and <literal>table</literal>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\listof{&lt;type&gt;}{&lt;title&gt;}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm><primary>\listof</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>float</primary>
- <secondary>\listof</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Produces a list of all floats of a given class.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="fontenc">
- <title id="fontenc-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">fontenc</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>fontenc</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- chooses T1-fonts and allows correct automatic hyphenation.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="german">
- <title id="german-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">german</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>german</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>german</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Das <literal>german</literal> Paket muß geladen sein:</para>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>"a</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>"a</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>erzeugt ein <emphasis>ä</emphasis></para>
- <para>entsprechend <literal>"o</literal>,
- <literal>"u</literal>, <literal>"A</literal>,
- <literal>"O</literal>, <literal>"U</literal>,
- <literal>"s (ß)</literal></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>"ck</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>"ck</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>wird bei Trennung zu <literal>k-k</literal></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>"ff</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>"ff</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>wird bei Trennung zu <literal>ff-f</literal>
- </para>
- <para>entsprechend <literal>"ll</literal>,
- <literal>"mm</literal>, <literal>"pp</literal>,
- <literal>"rr</literal>, <literal>"tt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\glqq</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\glqq</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>oder <literal>"`</literal>
- erzeugt untere doppelte Anführungszeichen
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="cmd-grqq">
- <term><literal>\grqq</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\grqq</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>oder <literal>"'</literal>
- erzeugt obere doppelte Anführungszeichen
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\glq</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\glq</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>erzeugt untere einfache Anführungszeichen
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\flqq</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\flqq</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>oder <literal>"&lt;</literal>
- doppelte linke französische Anführungszeichen
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\frqq</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\frqq</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>oder <literal>"></literal>
- doppelte rechte französische Anführungszeichen
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\flq</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\flq</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>einfache linke französische Anführungszeichen
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\frq</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\frq</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>einfache rechte französische Anführungszeichen
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>"|</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>"|</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>verhindert eine Ligatur an der Stelle</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\-</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\-</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>markiert mögliche Trennstelle, im restlichen
- Wort ist keine Trennung mehr möglich
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>"-</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>!-</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Trennvorschlag, der Rest des Wortes kann
- noch automatisch getrennt werden
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>""</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>""</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Trennvorschlag, bei dem bei einer Trennung
- kein Bindestrich eingefügt wird
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>"~</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>"~</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Bindestrich, an dem nicht getrennt werden darf</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>"=</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>"=</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Bindestrich, an dem getrennt werden darf</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\dq</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>\dq</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>erzeugt ein nicht-typographisches gerades
- Anführungszeichen
- </para>
- <programlisting>\texttt{\dq}</programlisting>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>&lt;</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>german</primary>
- <secondary>&lt;</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>oder <literal>\dq</literal> ergibt das
- Zoll-Zeichen
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="graphics">
- <title id="graphics-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">graphics</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>graphics</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>graphics</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Look up details in <filename>grfguide</filename>.</para>
-
- <section id="includegraphics">
- <title id="includegraphics-title">\includegraphics</title>
- <indexterm><primary>\includegraphics</primary></indexterm>
- <para><literal>\includegraphics[]{picture-name}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- File extensions of the graphics should be omitted, so it's
- easier to change the format (for example for pdf or ps
- output).
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="graphicspath">
- <title id="graphicspath-title">\graphicspath</title>
- <indexterm><primary>\graphicspath</primary></indexterm>
- <para><literal>\graphicspath{dir-list}</literal>
- </para>
- <para><literal>dir-list</literal> is a list of absolute or
- relative paths, where the command
- <link linkend="includegraphics"><literal>\includegraphics{}</literal></link>
- searches for the graphic files:
- </para>
- <para><literal>\graphicspath{{eps/}{tiff/}}</literal> would
- cause the system to look in the subdirectories
- <literal>eps</literal> and <literal>tiff</literal> of the
- current directory. This is unix syntax, on a Mac it would
- be:
- </para>
- <para><literal>\graphicspath{{:eps:}{:tiff:}}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Under Windows/DOS use also the slash
- <literal>/</literal> to separate directories. Not all tex
- installations can handle filenames with spaces. So it's
- better to avoid them.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="hyperref">
- <title id="hyperref-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">hyperref</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>hyperref</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>For more infos read in the book
- <emphasis>&latex; Web Companion</emphasis>
- or <emphasis>Mit &latex; ins Web</emphasis>.
- </para>
-
- <section id="hyperref-options">
- <title id="hyperref-options-title">Options</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>4</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>4</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- use Acrobat 4 features (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, legalpaper, letterpaper,
- executivepaper
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>a4paper</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>a5paper</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>b5paper</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>legalpaper</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>letterpaper</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>executivepaper</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- use the specified paper size.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>anchorcolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>anchorcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- set color of anchors (default: <literal>black</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>backref</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>backref</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- do bibliographical back references (default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>baseurl</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>baseurl</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- set base URL for document
- (default: <literal>empty</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>bookmarks</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>bookmarks</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- make bookmarks (default: <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>bookmarksnumbered</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>bookmarksnumbered</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- put section numbers in bookmarks (default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>bookmarksopen</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>bookmarksopen</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- open up bookmark tree (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>bookmarksopenlevel</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>bookmarksopenlevel</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- level to which bookmarks are open
- (default: <literal>\maxdimen</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>bookmarkstype</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>bookmarkstype</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- to specify which `toc' file to mimic toc.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>breaklinks</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>breaklinks</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- allow links to break over lines (default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>citebordercolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>citebordercolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of border around cites (default:
- <literal>0 1 0</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>citecolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>citecolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of citation links (default: <literal>green</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>colorlinks</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>colorlinks</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color links (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>debug</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>debug</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- provide details of anchors defined
- (same as verbose, default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>draft</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>draft</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- do not do any hyper linking (default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>dvipdf, dvipdfm, dvips, dvipsone, dviwindo, hypertex</term>
- <term>latex2html, pdftex, tex4ht, textures, ps2pdf, vtex</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>dvipdf</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>dvipdfm</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>dvips</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>dvipsone</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>dviwindo</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>hypertex</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>latex2html</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdftex</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>tex4ht</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>vtex</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>textures</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- use the specified backend.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>extension</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>extension</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- suffix of linked files (default: <literal>dvi</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>filebordercolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>filebordercolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of border around file links (default:
- <literal>0 .5 .5</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>filecolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>filecolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of file links (default: <literal>cyan</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>frenchlinks</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>frenchlinks</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- use small caps instead of color for links (default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>hyperfigures</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>hyperfigures</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- make figures hyper links (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>hyperindex</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>hyperindex</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- set up hyperlinked indices (default:
- <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>hypertexnames</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>hypertexnames</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- use guessable names for links (default:
- <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>implicit</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>implicit</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- redefine &latex; internals (default:
- <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>linkbordercolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>linkbordercolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of border around links (default:
- <literal>1 0 0</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>linkcolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>linkcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of links (default: <literal>red</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>linktocpage</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>linktocpage</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT
- (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>menubordercolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>menubordercolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of border around menu links (default:
- <literal>1 0 0</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>menucolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>menucolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color for menu links (default: <literal>red</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>naturalnames</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>naturalnames</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- use &latex;-computed names for links (default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>nesting</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>nesting</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- allow nesting of links (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pageanchor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pageanchor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- put an anchor on every page (default:
- <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pagebackref</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pagebackref</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- backreference by page number (default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pagebordercolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pagebordercolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of border around page links (default:
- <literal>1 1 0</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pagecolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pagecolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of page links (default: <literal>red</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfauthor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfauthor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- text for PDF Author field (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfborder</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfborder</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- width of PDF link border
- (default: <literal>0 0 1</literal>;
- <literal>0 0 0</literal> for <literal>colorlinks</literal>)
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfcenterwindow</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfcenterwindow</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- position the document window center of the screen
- (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfcreator</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfcreator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- text for PDF Creator field
- (default: &latex; with hyperref package).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdffitwindow</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdffitwindow</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- resize document window to fit document size (default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfhighlight</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfhighlight</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- set highlighting of PDF links (default:
- <literal>/I</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfkeywords</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfkeywords</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- text for PDF Keywords field (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfmenubar</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfmenubar</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- make PDF viewer's menu bar visible (default:
- <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfnewwindow</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfnewwindow</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- make links that open another PDF file start a new window
- (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfpagelayout</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfpagelayout</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- set layout of PDF pages (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfpagemode</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfpagemode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- set default mode of PDF display (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfpagescrop</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfpagescrop</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- set crop size of PDF document (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfpagetransition</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfpagetransition</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- set PDF page transition style (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfproducer</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfproducer</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- text for PDF Producer field (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfstartpage</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfstartpage</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- page at which PDF document opens (default:
- <literal>1</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfstartview</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfstartview</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- starting view of PDF document (default:
- <literal>/Fit</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfsubject</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfsubject</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- text for PDF Subject field (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdftitle</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdftitle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- text for PDF Title field(default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdftoolbar</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdftoolbar</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- make PDF toolbar visible (default: <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfview</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfview</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- PDF `view' when on link traversal (default: empty).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>pdfwindowui</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>pdfwindowui</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- make PDF user interface elements visible (default:
- <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>plainpages</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>plainpages</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- do page number anchors as plain arabic (default:
- <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>raiselinks</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>raiselinks</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- raise up links (for HyperTeX backend; default:
- <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>runbordercolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>runbordercolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of border around run links (default:
- <literal>0 .7 .7</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>unicode</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>unicode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Unicode encoded pdf strings (default:
- <literal>true</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>urlbordercolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>urlbordercolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of border around URL links (default:
- <literal>0 1 1</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>urlcolor</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>urlcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- color of URL links (default: <literal>magenta</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>verbose</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>options</secondary>
- <tertiary>verbose</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- be chatty (default: <literal>false</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="hyperref-commands">
- <title id="hyperref-commands-title">Commands</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\texorpdfstring{TeX-string}{pdf-string}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\texorpdfstring</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>allows different texts for PDF or &tex; creation.
- <programlisting>\section{The role of \texorpdfstring{H$_2$O}{water}}</programlisting>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="href">
- <term><literal>\href{URL}{Text}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\href</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>the text will be resolved into a URL.
- The URL must be complete, according to a
- base-url which might be defined in a
- <link linkend="cmd-hyperbaseurl"><literal>\hyperbaseurl</literal></link>.
- <programlisting>
-\href{http://www.karpfenteich.net/pit/}{Peter's input tips}</programlisting>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term id="cmd-hyperbaseurl"><literal>\hyperbaseurl{URL}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\hyperbaseurl</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>defines a base URL, which is preset to a given URL.
- This helps to make portable documents.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\hyperimage{image-URL}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\hyperimage</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>includes the picture of the URL reference.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\hyperref{URL}{category}{name}{text}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\hyperref[mark]{text}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\hyperref</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>text</literal> is activated as a
- hyperlink to the point which is defined with a
- <link linkend="cmd-label-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">\label</filename></link>
- command with the symbolic name <literal>mark</literal>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\hyperlink{name}{text}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\hyertarget{name}{text}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\hyperlink</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\hypertarget</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>\hyperlink</literal> creates an internal
- link to an object which is somewhere defined with
- a <literal>\hypertarget</literal> command.
- </para>
- <para>For HTML the command <literal>\hyperlink</literal>
- inserts a <literal>#</literal> character in
- front of each link. Thus it'll refer to the
- topical document,
- while <literal>\href</literal> will expect a complete URL.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\autoref{marker}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\autoref</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>\autoref</literal> is a substitution
- for the standard <literal>\ref</literal> command.
- It inserts a context sensitive phrase.
- <programlisting>see \autoref{foo}</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>for a <literal>\label</literal> in a section
- will output <emphasis>see section 3</emphasis> for an example.
- </para>
- <para>There are macros to change the default output
- with the help of the <literal>\renewcommand</literal>:
- <programlisting>
-\figurename *\figurename*
-\tablename *\tablename*
-\partname *\partname*
-\appendixname *\appendixname*
-\equationname *\equationname*
-\Itemname *\Itemname*
-\chaptername *\chaptername*
-\sectionname *\sectionname*
-\subsectionname *\subsesctionname*
-\subsubsectionname *\subsubsectionname*
-\paragraphname *\paragraphname*
-\Hfootnotename *\Hfootnotename*
-\AMSname *\AMSname*
-\theoremname *\theoremname*</programlisting>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term id="cmd-nolinkurl"><literal>\nolinkurl</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hyperref</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\nolinkurl</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Allows line breaks in a verbatim like
- environment like <literal>\url</literal>, but
- without the hyperlink function. This is
- useful to define own commands like this example:
- <programlisting>
-\newcommand*{\urlw}[1]{\href{http://www.#1}%
- {\nolinkurl{www.#1}}}</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>This new defined command <literal>\urlw</literal>
- allows the user to typeset a linkable (this
- function is offered by
- <literal>\href</literal>)
- <literal>www.example.org</literal> address in the
- latex source like this:
- <programlisting>
-\urlw{example.org}</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>This will produce the string
- <literal>www.example.org</literal> which
- is hyperlinked and breakable (when the driver like
- &pdftex; allows line breaks in links).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="inputenc">
- <title id="inputenc-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">inputenc</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>inputenc</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para><literal>\usepackage[encoding name]{inputenc}</literal>
- </para>
- <para>Allows to specify an input encoding for direct input of
- character codes &gt; 127, e.g. accented characters.
- </para>
- <para>Important encodings are:
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>latin9, latin1</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Linux, Unix, VMS</simpara>
- <indexterm><primary>latin1</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>latin9</primary></indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>ansinew</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Windows (codepage 1252)</simpara>
- <indexterm><primary>ansinew</primary></indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>cp850</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>OS/2, MSDOS (codpage 850)</simpara>
- <indexterm><primary>cp850</primary></indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>applemac</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Apple Macintosh</simpara>
- <indexterm><primary>applemac</primary></indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="komascript">
- <title id="komascript-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">&komascript;</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>&komascript;</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>&komascript;</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <literal>&komascript;</literal> package has a
- very detailed and well written documentation.
- Read the <literal>scrguide</literal> for further information! :-)
- </para>
-
- <!-- -->
- <section id="komascript-page-layout">
- <title id="komascript-page-layout-title">Page-Layout</title>
- <para><literal>\typearea[BCOR]{DIV}</literal></para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\typearea</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>\areaset[BCOR]{Breite}{Höhe}</literal></para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\areaset</primary>
- </indexterm>
- </section>
-
- <section id="komascript-options">
- <title id="komascript-options-title">Options</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>headinclude, headexclude</term>
- <term>footinclude, footexclude</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>headinclude</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>headexclude</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>footinclude</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>footexclude</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>will determine if headers and footers are used in the
- calculation of the page size. Default is exclude.
- Include will make the text area smaller.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>DIV</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>DIV</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>is a factor which determins how large the used page
- size is. This method takes care of good
- typography.
- </para>
- <para>Try values between 10 and 15. Higher values
- will cause smaller margins. An example would be:
- <literal>DIV12</literal>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>BCOR</term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>BCOR</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Binding correction. Takes care of the loss of the
- visible paper size when the paper is cut and a book is
- bound.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="komascript-scrlttr2">
- <title id="komascript-scrlttr2-title">Letter Class <literal>scrlttr2</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>This reference is based on the excellent
- <literal>scrguien.pdf</literal> from 2002-09-06.
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Options</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>options</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Defining Options Later</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>\KOMAoptions{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\KOMAoptions{options list}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Use this to change options after loading the
- class. List single or multiple options,
- separated by commas.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Page Layout Options</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>page layout</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>paper=format</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines the paper format.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>BCOR=length</literal></term>
- <term><literal>DIV=value</literal></term>
- <term><literal>headlines=count</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Divisor, binding correction, and number
- of headlines.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>enlargefirstpage</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>If <emphasis>true</emphasis> some more
- text would fit on the first page
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Other Layout Options</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>other layout</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>other layout</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>twoside</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Activate possibilities of a double-sided
- document, but stay with with the one-sided
- layout as far as possible.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>cleardoublepage=style</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Inserted pages by
- <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> get one of
- these page styles:
- </simpara>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>empty</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>plain</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara><literal>standard</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>headsepline</literal></term>
- <term><literal>footsepline</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Insert a separator line below the head or
- above the foot.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>mpinclude</literal></term>
- <term><literal>mpexclude</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>These two options of the
- <literal>typearea</literal> package should not
- be used with <literal>scrlttr2</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>pagenumber=position</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>This option defines if and where a page
- number will be placed. Possible values are:
- </simpara>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>bot</literal></term>
- <term><literal>foot</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number in foot, horizontal
- position not changed</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>botcenter</literal></term>
- <term><literal>botcentered</literal></term>
- <term><literal>botmiddle</literal></term>
- <term><literal>footcenter</literal></term>
- <term><literal>footcentered</literal></term>
- <term><literal>footmiddle</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number infoot,centered</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>botleft</literal></term>
- <term><literal>footleft</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number in foot, left
- justified
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>botrigth</literal></term>
- <term><literal>footright</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number in foot, right
- justified
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>center</literal></term>
- <term><literal>centered</literal></term>
- <term><literal>middle</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number centered
- horizontally, vertical position not
- changed
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>false</literal></term>
- <term><literal>no</literal></term>
- <term><literal>off</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>No page number</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>head</literal></term>
- <term><literal>top</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number in head, horizontal
- position not changed
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>headcenter</literal></term>
- <term><literal>headcentered</literal></term>
- <term><literal>headmiddle</literal></term>
- <term><literal>topcenter</literal></term>
- <term><literal>topcentered</literal></term>
- <term><literal>topmiddle</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number in head, centered</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>headleft</literal></term>
- <term><literal>topleft</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number in head, left
- justified
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>headright</literal></term>
- <term><literal>topright</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number in head, right
- justified
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>left</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number left, vertical
- position not changed</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>right</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number right, vertical
- position not changed
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <simpara>Default is <literal>botcenter</literal>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>parskip=value</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Mark paragraphs alternatively by vertical
- skip. Possible values are:
- </simpara>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>false</literal></term>
- <term><literal>off</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Paragraph indentation instead of
- verticalk space</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>full</literal></term>
- <term><literal>on</literal></term>
- <term><literal>true</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>One line vertical space between
- paragraphs; at least 1 em free space in
- the last line.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>full*</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>One line vertical space betwen
- paragraphs; at least a quarter of a line
- free space at the end of a paragraph.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>full+</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>One line vertical space betwen
- paragraphs; at least a third of aline free
- space at the end of a paragraph.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>full-</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>One line vertical space betwen
- paragraphs; last line of a paragraph may
- be arbitrarily filled.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>half</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Half a line vertical space
- between paragraphs; at least 1 em free
- space in the last line.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>half*</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Half a line vertical space
- between paragraphs; at least a quarter of
- a line free space at the end of a
- paragraph.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>half+</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Half a line vertical space
- between paragraphs; at least a third of
- a line free space at the end of a
- paragraph.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>half-</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>One line vertical space between
- paragraphs; last line may be arbitrarily
- filled.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <simpara>Default is <literal>false</literal>.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Font Options</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>font options</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fontsize=size</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Font size of the document. Defaults
- to <literal>12pt</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Options for Letterhead and Address</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>options for letterhead and address</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromalign</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines the placement of the from address
- in the letterhead. Possible values are:
- </simpara>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>center</literal></term>
- <term><literal>centered</literal></term>
- <term><literal>middle</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Return address centered.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>false</literal></term>
- <term><literal>no</literal></term>
- <term><literal>off</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Standard design for return
- address.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>left</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Left justified return address.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>rigth</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Right justified return address.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <simpara>Default is <literal>left</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromrule</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Allows to place a horizontal rule within
- return address. Possible values are:
- </simpara>
- <para><variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>afteraddress</literal></term>
- <term><literal>below</literal></term>
- <term><literal>true</literal></term>
- <term><literal>yes</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Line below return address</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>aftername</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Line right below sender's name</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>false</literal></term>
- <term><literal>no</literal></term>
- <term><literal>off</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>No line.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <simpara>Default is <literal>false</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromphone</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines whether the phone number will be
- part of the return address.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromfax</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines whether the facsimile number will
- be part of the return address.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromemail</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines whether the email address will
- be part of the return address.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromurl</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines whether the URL will
- be part of the return address.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromlogo</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines whether the logo will
- be part of the return address.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>addrfield</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines whether a return address field
- will be set.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>backaddress</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines whether a return address for
- window envelopes will be set.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>subject</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Choose of your subject should have a
- title and if the subject should be set before or
- after the opening. Possible values are:
- </simpara>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>afteropening</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Set subject after opening.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>beforeopening</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Set subject before opening.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>titled</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Add title to subject.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>untitled</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Do not add title to subject.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <simpara>Defaults are
- <literal>beforeopening</literal> and
- <literal>untitled</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>locfield</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Toggle between presets for the field
- width of additionbal sender attributes.
- </simpara>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>narrow</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Small sender supplement field.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>wide</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Wide sender supplement field.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <simpara>Default is <literal>narrow</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>foldmarks</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Activates fold marks.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>numericaldate</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Toggles between standard,
- language-dependent date presentation and a
- short, numerical one.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>refline</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines that the reference line may
- extend beyond the normal type area.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Format Options</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>format options</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>draft</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Toggles between the final and the draft
- version.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Letter Class Option Files</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>letter class option files</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\LoadLetterOption{name}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Load a <literal>lco</literal>
- file. <literal>name</literal> is the filename
- without suffix.
- </simpara>
- <para>
- Predefined <literal>lco</literal> files:
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>DIN</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>For A4 size paper, complying with
- DIN 676.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>DINmtext</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>For A4 size paper, complying with
- DIN 676, but using an alternate layout
- with more text on the first page.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>KOMAold</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Fo AQ4 paper size using a layout
- close to the obsolete
- <literal>scrlettr</literal> class.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>SN</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>For Swiss letters with address
- field on the right side, according to
- SN 010 130
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>SNleft</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>For Swiss letters with address
- field on the left side.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\LetterOptionNeedsPaperSize{option
- name}{paper size}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Useful to be abel to emit warnings if the
- user selects a different paper size from the one
- the <literal>lco</literal> file is based on.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <!-- FIXME: bridgehead -->
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">General Document Properties</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>general document properties</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Font Selection</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>font selection</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>See also the section for
- <emphasis>Changing Fonts</emphasis> in &komascript;
- (still to be written).
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>backaddress</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Back address for a window envelope</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>descriptionlabel</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Label in a
- <literal>description</literal> environment
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromaddress</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Sender's address in letterhead</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromname</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Sender's address in letterhead
- if different from <literal>fromaddress</literal>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>pagefoot</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Footer, sometimes header of a page</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>pagehead</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Header, sometimes footer of a page</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>pagenumber</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Page number in footer or header</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>subject</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Subject in the opening</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>title</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Headline in the opening</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Page Style</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>page style</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>See also the section for
- <emphasis>Page Style</emphasis> in &komascript;
- (still to be written).
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>empty</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Entirely empty headers and footers</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>plain</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Empty head and and only page number
- in header or footer
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>headings</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Automatic page headings</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>myheadings</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Manual page headings
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Variables</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>variables</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The main difference between a
- <emphasis>command</emphasis> and a
- <emphasis>variable</emphasis> is that a
- command usually triggers an action whereas a variable
- only consists of plain text. Furthermore a variable
- can have an additional description.
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\newkomavar[description]{name}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\newkomavar*[description]{name}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\addtoreffields{name}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>\newkomavar</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>\addtoreffields</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara><literal>\newkomavar</literal> defines
- a new variable, addressed with
- <literal>name</literal>.
- </simpara>
- <simpara>The command
- <literal>\addtoreffields</literal> adds the
- variable <literal>name</literal> to the
- reference fields. See section
- <link linkend="scrlttr-business-line">Business Line</link>.
- </simpara>
- <simpara>The command <literal>\newkomavar*</literal>
- works like <literal>\newkomavar</literal> with an
- additional call of the command
- <literal>\addtoreffields</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Overview of all variables:
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>backaddress</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>backaddress</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Back address for window envelopes</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>backaddressseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>backaddressseparator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Separator within the back address</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>ccseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>ccseparator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Separator between title of additional
- recipients and additional recipients
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>customer</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>customer</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Customer number</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>date</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>date</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Date</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>emailseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>emailseparator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Separator between e-mail name and e-mail
- address
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>enclseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>enclseparator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Separator between title of enclosure and
- and enclosures</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>faxseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>faxseparator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Separator between title of fax and fax
- number
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromaddress</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>fromaddress</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Sender's address without its name</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>frombank</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>frombank</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Sender's bank account</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromemail</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>fromemail</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Sender's e-mail</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromfax</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>fromfax</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Sender's fax number</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromlogo</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>fromlogo</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Commands for inserting the sender's logo
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromname</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>fromname</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Complete name of the sender</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromphone</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>fromphone</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Sender's telephone number</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromurl</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>fromurl</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>URL of the sender</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>invoice</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>invoice</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Invoice number</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>location</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>location</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>More details of the sender</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>myref</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>myref</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Sender's reference</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>place</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>place</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Place</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>placeseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>placeseparator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Separator between place and date</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>phoneseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>phoneseparator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Separator between title of telephone and
- telephone number
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>signature</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>signature</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Signature beneath the ending of the
- letter
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>specialmail</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>specialmail</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Special mail</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>subject</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>subject</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Subject</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>subjectseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>subjectseparator</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Separator between title of subject and
- subject
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>title</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>title</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Letter title</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>toname</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>toname</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Complete name of recipient</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>toaddress</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>toaddress</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Address of recipient without its name</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>yourmail</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>yourmail</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Date of recipient's mail</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>yourref</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>yourref</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Recipient's reference</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\setkomavar{name}[description]{content}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\setkomavar*{name}{description}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>\setkomavar</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <simpara><literal>\setkomavar</literal> sets the
- content of the variable <literal>name</literal>.
- The optional argument sets the
- <literal>description</literal> of the variable.
- </simpara>
- <simpara><literal>\setkomavar*</literal>
- only sets the <literal>description</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\usekomavar[command]{name}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\usekomavar*[command]{name}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>\usekomavar</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara><literal>\usekomavar</literal> gives you
- access to the content of the variable
- <literal>name</literal>.
- </simpara>
- <simpara><literal>\usekomavar*</literal> gives you
- access to the <literal>description</literal>
- of the variable <literal>name</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\ifkomavarempty{name}{true}{false}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\ifkomavarempty*{name}{true}{false}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ifkomavarempty</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>The <literal>true</literal> argument will
- be executed if the content or description is
- empty. Otherwise the <literal>false</literal>
- argument will be executed.
- </simpara>
- <simpara>The starred version handles the
- description of a variable, the variant without
- star the content.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Pseudo Lengths</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>pseudo lengths</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\@newplength{name}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Defines a new pseudo length</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\useplength{name}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Access value of pseudo length
- <literal>name</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\setlengthtoplength[factor]{length}{pseudo
- length}</literal>
- </term>
- <term><literal>\addtolengthplength[factor]{length}{pseudo
- length}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Assign a multiple of
- <literal>pseudo length</literal> to a real
- <literal>length</literal>. Adds a multiple of
- <literal>pseudo length</literal> to
- <literal>length</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\@setplength[factor]{pseudo
- length}{value}</literal>
- </term>
- <term>
- <literal>\@addtoplength[factor]{pseudo
- length}{value}
- </literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Assign a multiple of a
- <literal>value</literal> to a
- <literal>pseudo length</literal>.
- Adds <literal>value</literal> to
- <literal>pseudo length</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <!--
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">General Structure of a Letter Document</bridgehead>
- <para>&tbd;</para>
- -->
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Letter Declaration</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>letter declaration</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Letterhead</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>letterhead</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>firstheadvpos</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Distance between the top of the sheet and
- the letterhead.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>firstheadwidth</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Width of the letterhead.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>fromname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>fromaddress</literal></term>
- <term><literal>fromphone</literal></term>
- <term><literal>fromfax</literal></term>
- <term><literal>fromemail</literal></term>
- <term><literal>fromurl</literal></term>
- <term><literal>fromlogo</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>This variables give all statements
- concerning the sender necessary to create the
- letterhead.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>phoneseparator</literal></term>
- <term><literal>faxseparator</literal></term>
- <term><literal>emailseparator</literal></term>
- <term><literal>urlseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Separators for variables in letterhead.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\firsthead{construction}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Create letterhead freely.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Footer</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>footer</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>firstfootvpos</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Distance between footer and upper border
- of the sheet.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>firstfootwidth</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Width of letter's firstpage footer.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\firstfoot{Construction}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Set definition for first page's footer</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Address</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>address</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>toaddrvpos</literal></term>
- <term><literal>toaddrhpos</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Distance between address window of a
- window envelope and the upper and left border of
- the sheet.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>toaddrwidth</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Width of the address window.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>toaddrindent</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Value of indentation for the address from
- the left border.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>backaddress</literal></term>
- <term><literal>backaddressseparator</literal></term>
- <term><literal>backaddrheight</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Double backslashes within return address
- will be exchanged with
- <literal>backaddressseparator</literal>.
- Height of the return address field.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>specialmail</literal></term>
- <term><literal>specialmailindent</literal></term>
- <term><literal>specialmailrightindent</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Optionally set between return address and
- addressee. <literal>specialmailindent</literal>
- and <literal>specialmailrightindent</literal>
- determine left and right indentation.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>toname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>toaddress</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Usually not set directly by the user.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\begin{letter}[options]{address}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Major point of the letter class.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\AtBeginLetter{command}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Hook for commands run at begin of a
- letter.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Sender's Extension</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>sender's extension</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>locwidth</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Declares width of sender's extensions.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>location</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Content of sender's extension.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead id ="scrlttr-business-line" renderas="sect5">Business Line</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>business line</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>refvpos</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Distance between upper border of sheet
- and business line.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>refwidth</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Available width for the business line.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>refaftervskip</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Vertical space to be inserted beneath
- business line.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>place</literal></term>
- <term><literal>placeseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>If all variables for business line
- are empty, the content of
- <literal>place</literal> and
- <literal>placeseparator</literal> will be set,
- followed by content of <literal>date</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>yourref</literal></term>
- <term><literal>yourmail</literal></term>
- <term><literal>myref</literal></term>
- <term><literal>customer</literal></term>
- <term><literal>invoice</literal></term>
- <term><literal>date</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Typical fields for business lines.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Title and Subject Line</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>title line</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>subject line</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>title</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Additional tile. Set centered beneath the
- business line.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>subject</literal></term>
- <term><literal>subjectseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Set the subject of the letter, optional
- prefixed by a label.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Further Issues</bridgehead>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>tfoldmarkvpos</literal></term>
- <term><literal>bfoldmarkvpos</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Position of upper and lower fold mark.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>foldmarkhpos</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Distance between fold marks and the
- sheet's left border.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>frombank</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Internally not used yet.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\nexthead{construction}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\nextfoot{construction}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Create letter head or foot for the
- following pages freely.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">The Text</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>text</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Opening</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>Opening</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\opening{opening}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Set the opening of the letter.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Footnotes</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>footnotes</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>See section <emphasis>Footnotes</emphasis> in
- &komascript; (still to be written).</para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Lists</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>lists</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>See section <emphasis>Lists</emphasis> in
- &komascript; (still to be written).</para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Margin Notes</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>margin notes</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>See section <emphasis>Margin Notes</emphasis> in
- &komascript; (still to be written).</para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Text Emphasis</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>text emphasis</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>See section <emphasis>Logical Markup of Text</emphasis>
- in &komascript; (still to be written).
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Closing Part</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>Closing Part</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Closing</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>Closing</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>signature</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Inlcudes an explanation for the
- inscription. Defaults to
- <literal>\usekomavar{fromname}</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\closing{closing phrase}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Typesets the colsing phrase follwoed by a
- vertical space and the contents fo variable
- <literal>signature</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>sigindent</literal></term>
- <term><literal>sigbeforevskip</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\raggedsignature</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Indentation of the box for closing
- phrase, inscription and signature (defaults to 0mm).
- Vertical space between closing phrase
- and signature (defaults to two lines).
- Alignment inside the box.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Postscript, Carbon Copy, and Enclosures</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>postscript</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>carbon copy</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>enclosure</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\ps</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Set a postscript.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\cc{distribution list}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>ccseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Set a ddistribution list. If the contents
- of <literal>ccseparator</literal> isn't empty then
- the name and the content of the variable is
- inserted prior to distribution list.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\encl{enclosures}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>enclseparator</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Same structur as the distribution list.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Language Support</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>language support</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Language Selection</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>language selection</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\captionenglish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captionUSenglish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captionamerican</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captionbritish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captionUKenglish</literal></term>
- <?db2latex \newline?>
- <term><literal>\captiongerman</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captionngerman</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captionaustrian</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captionfrench</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captionitalian</literal></term>
- <?db2latex \newline?>
- <term><literal>\captionspanish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captiondutch</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\captioncroatian</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>If the used language selection scheme
- does not support switching the language the above
- commands can be used directly.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\dateenglish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\dateUSenglish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\dateamerican</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\datebritish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\dateUKenglish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\dategerman</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\datengerman</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\dateaustrian</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\datefrench</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\dateitalian</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\datespanish</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\datedutch</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\datecrotian</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Numerical date representation.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Language-Dependent Terms</bridgehead>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\yourrefname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\youremailname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\myrefname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\customername</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\invoicename</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\subjectname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\ccname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\enclname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\headtoname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\headfromname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\datename</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\pagename</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\phonename</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\faxname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\emailname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\wwwname</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\bankname</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>These defintions can be modified to
- support a new language of for private
- customization.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Defining Language Terms</bridgehead>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\providecaptioname{language}{term}{definition}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\newcaptioname{language}{term}{defintion}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\renewcaptionname{language}{term}{definition}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Assign a <emphasis>definition</emphasis>
- for a <emphasis>language</emphasis> to a
- <emphasis>term</emphasis>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <bridgehead renderas="sect5">Address Files and Circular Letters</bridgehead>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>address files</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&komascript;</primary>
- <secondary>scrlttr2</secondary>
- <tertiary>circular letters</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:nonoindent;db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\adrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{Comment}{Key}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Address entry for address files. The file
- extension has to be <literal>.adr</literal>!</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\addrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{F3}{F4}{Key}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>This command supports four freely definable
- parameters for an address entry.</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\adrchar{initial letter}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\addrchar{initial letter}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Separator for address entries. Ignored by
- <literal>scrlttr2</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="komascript-scraddr">
- <title id="komascript-scraddr-title">Address Files with <literal>scraddr</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:multiterm">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\InputAddressFile{file name}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\InputAddressFile</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Read the contents of the given address file.
- Filename extension has to be <literal>.adr</literal>
- and has to be omitted in the argument.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\Name{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\FirstName{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\LastName{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\Address{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\Telephone{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\FreeI{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\FreeII{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\Comment{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\FreeIII{Key}</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\FreeIV{Key}</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\Name{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\FirstName{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\LastName{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\Address{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\Telephone{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\FreeI{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\FreeII{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\Comment{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\FreeIII{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>KOMA-Script</primary>
- <secondary>scraddr</secondary>
- <tertiary>\FreeIV{}</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Access to the data in address file.
- <literal>\Name</literal> is a concatenation of
- <literal>\FirstName</literal> and <literal>\LastName</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>AdrFreeIVempty</literal></term>
- <term><literal>AdrFreeIVshow</literal></term>
- <term><literal>AdrFreeIVwarn</literal></term>
- <term><literal>AdrFreeIVstop</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Package warning options. Defaults to
- <literal>AdrFreeIVshow</literal>.
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="mathpazo">
- <title id="mathpazo-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">mathpazo</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>mathpazo</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>mathpazo</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.</para>
-
- <section id="upDelta-upOmega">
- <title id="upDelta-upOmega-title">\upDelta / \upOmega</title>
- <indexterm><primary>\upDelta</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>\upOmega</primary></indexterm>
-
- <para>Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.</para>
-
- <para>Package options are:
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>[slantedGreek]</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Uppercase Greek will be typeset slanted.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>[noBBpl]</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Do not use PazoMathBlackboardBold as
- (partial) blackboard bold
- font (e.g with <literal>\mathbb{R}</literal>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>[osf]</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Make the font family <literal>pplj</literal>
- (Palatino with old style numerals) the default
- roman font, and use an
- alternative version of the virtual math italic fonts
- (<literal>zplmrj7m</literal> and
- <literal>zplmbj7m</literal>) with upright Palatino old
- style numerals for use with the
- <literal>\oldstylenums</literal> command.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>[osfeqnnum]</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use old style numerals for equation numbering.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="varioref">
- <title id="varioref-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">varioref</filename></title>
- <indexterm><primary>varioref</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>varioref</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Smarter version of the original latex2e
- <link linkend="cross-references">cross reference commands</link>.
- Generated strings are customizable, Babel options are recognized
- (further info in the package documentation).
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term id="cmd-vref"><literal>\vref</literal></term>
- <term id="cmd-vpageref"><literal>\vpageref</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\vref</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\vpageref</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><literal>\vref</literal> is similar to
- <literal>\ref</literal> but adds an additional page
- reference, like <emphasis>on the facing page</emphasis>
- or
- <emphasis>on page 27</emphasis> whenever the corresponding
- <link linkend="cmd-label-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">\label</filename></link>
- is not on the same page.
- </para>
- <para><literal>\vpageref</literal> is a variation
- of <literal>\pageref</literal> with similar
- functionality.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\vrefrange</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\vpagerefrange</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\vrefrange</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\vpagerefrange</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <literal>\v...range</literal> commands
- take two labels as arguments and
- produce strings which depend on wether or not these labels
- fall onto a single page or on different pages.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\vref*</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\vpageref*</literal></term>
- <term><literal>\vpagerefrange*</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Star * variants do not add any space before
- the generated text for situations like:
- <programlisting>
-(\vref{foo} ...)</programlisting>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="small-packages">
- <title id="small-packages-title">Several Small Packages</title>
- <indexterm><primary>Several Small Packages</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm><primary>Small Packages</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>Several Small Packages</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Must be loaded with the usual
- <link linkend="usepackage-linkend"><literal>\usepackage</literal></link>
- command. Further info for a package to be found in the
- documentation (dvi, pdf, ps) or in the
- <literal>sty</literal>-file itself.
- </para>
-
- <section id="bm-package">
- <title id="bm-package-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">bm</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>bm</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>bm</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>bm.sty</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Bold math symbols or equations with better spacing
- then the <literal>\boldsymbold</literal> command.
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\boldsymbold</primary>
- </indexterm>
- If possible load after other packages
- which redefine the fonts. When no bold font
- is available for a certain char <literal>bm</literal>
- will use <emphasis>poor man's bold</emphasis>
- <link linkend="pmb-linkend"><literal>\pmb</literal></link>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term id="cmd-bm"><literal>\bm</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\bm</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Produces bold math symbol or equation.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\unboldmath</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>\unboldmath</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Can be used to set parts of an equation unbold.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="url-package">
- <title id="url-package-title"><filename role="nohyphenation">url</filename></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>url</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Packages</primary>
- <secondary>url</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Defines line breakable hyperlinked
- (uses <link linkend="hyperref">hyperref</link> package)
- verbatim input for urls and e-mail addresses.
- </para>
- <para>Example: <literal>\url{http://example.org}</literal>
- outputs <literal>http://example.org</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>Related commands are
- <link linkend="href"><literal>\href</literal></link>
- and <link linkend="cmd-nolinkurl"><literal>\nolinkurl</literal></link>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="generic-packages">
- <title id="generic-packages-title">Generic Packages</title>
-
- <section id="pictex">
- <title id="pictex-title">&pictex; (&tbd;)</title>
- <indexterm><primary>PiCTeX</primary></indexterm>
- <para>&tbd;</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks">
- <title id="pstricks-title">&pstricks;</title>
- <indexterm><primary>&pstricks;</primary></indexterm>
-
- <section id="pstricks-ovw">
- <title id="pstricks-ovw-title">&overview;</title>
- <para>The idea behind the &pstricks; package of
- Timothy van Zandt
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>van Zandt, Timothy</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- is to provide most of the PostScript language in
- &latex; and &tex; syntax.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-commands">
- <title id="pstricks-commands-title">Commands and Parameters</title>
-
- <section id="pstricks-color">
- <title id="pstricks-color-title">Color</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\newgray</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\newrgbcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\newhsbcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\newcmykcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\newgray{color}{num}</literal>
- </term>
- <term>
- <literal>\newrgbcolor{color}{num1 num2 num3}</literal>
- </term>
- <term>
- <literal>\newhsbcolor{color}{num1 num2 num3}</literal>
- </term>
- <term>
- <literal>\newcmykcolor{color}{num1 num2 num3 num4}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>
- Note that these commands are obsolete for &latex;. Load
- &pstricks; with <literal>\usepackage{pstcol}</literal>
- and use the standard &latex; color commands instead.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-setting">
- <title id="pstricks-setting-title">
- Setting graphics parameters</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psset{par1=value1,par2=value2,...}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psset</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-dimensions">
- <title id="pstricks-dimensions-title">
- Dimensions, coordinates and angles</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pssetlength{cmd}{dim}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pssetlength</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>unit=dim, xunit=dim, yunit=dim, yunit=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>unit</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>xunit</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>yunit</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>runit</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>1cm</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\degrees[num]</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\degrees</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\radians</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\radians</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-basic">
- <title id="pstricks-basic-title">
- Basic graphics parameters</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>linewidth=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>linewidth</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>.8pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>linecolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>linecolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>black</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>showpoints=true/false</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>showpoints</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>false</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-lines">
- <title id="pstricks-lines-title">Lines and polygons</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>linearc=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>linearc</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>0pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>framearc=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>framearc</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>0</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>cornersize=relative/absolute</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>cornersize</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>relative</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psline*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psline</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\qline(coor0)(coor1)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\qline</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pspolygon*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pspolygon</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psframe*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psframe</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-arcs">
- <title id="pstricks-arcs-title">
- Arcs, circles and ellipses</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pscircle*[par](x0,y0){radius}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pscircle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\qdisk(coor){radius}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pscircle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pswedge*[par](x0,y0){radius}{angle1}{angle2}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pswedge</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psellipse*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psellipse</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psarc*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psarc</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psarcn*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psarcn</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>arcsep=dim, arcsepA=dim, arcsepB=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arcsep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arcsepA</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arcsepB</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>0pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-curves">
- <title id="pstricks-curves-title">Curves</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psbezier*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psbezier</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\parabola*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\parabola</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pscurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pscurve</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psecurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psecurve</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psccurve</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>curvature=num1 num2 num3</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>curvature</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>1 .1 0</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-dots">
- <title id="pstricks-dots-title">Dots</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psdots*[par](x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psdots</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>dotstyle=style</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>dotstyle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>*</literal></simpara>
- <simpara> Dots:
- <literal>
- *, o, +, triangle, triangle*, square, square*,
- pentagon, pentagon*, |
- </literal>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>dotscale=num1 num2</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>dotscale</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>1</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>dotangle=angle</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>dotangle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>0</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-grids">
- <title id="pstricks-grids-title">Grids</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psgrid(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psgrid</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gridwidth=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gridwidth</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>.8pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gridcolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gridcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>black</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>griddots=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>griddots</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>0</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gridlabels=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gridlabels</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>10pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gridlabelcolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gridlabelcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>black</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>subgriddiv=int</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gridlabelcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>5</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>subgridwidth=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>subgridwidth</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>.4pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>subgridcolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gridlabelcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>gray</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>subgriddots=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>subgriddots</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>0</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-plots">
- <title id="pstricks-plots-title">Plots</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\fileplot*[par]{file}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\fileplot</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\dataplot*[par]{commands}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\dataplot</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\savedata{command}[data]</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\savedata</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\readdata{command}{file}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\readdata</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\listplot*[par]{list}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\listplot</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psplot*[par]{xmin}{xmax}{function}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psplot</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\parametricplot*[par]{tmin}{tmax}{function}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\parametricplot</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>plotstyle=style</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>plotstyle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>line</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>plotpoints=int</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>plotpoints</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>50</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-coordinate">
- <title id="pstricks-coordinate-title">Coordinate systems</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>origin={coor}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>origin</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>0pt,0pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>swapaxes=true</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>swapaxes</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>false</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-line-styles">
- <title id="pstricks-line-styles-title">Line styles</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>linestyle=style</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>linestyle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>solid</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>dash=dim1 dim2</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>dash</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>5pt 3pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>dotsep=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>dotsep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>3pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>border=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>border</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>0pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>bordercolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>bordercolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>white</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>doubleline=true/false</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>doubleline</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>false</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>doublesep=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>doublesep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>1.25\pslinewidth</literal></simpara> </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>doublecolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>doublecolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>white</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>shadow=true/false</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>shadow</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>false</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>shadowsize=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>shadowsize</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>3pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>shadowangle=angle</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>shadowangle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>-45</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>shadowcolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>shadowcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>darkgray</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>dimen=outer/inner/middle</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>dimen</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>outer</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-fill-styles">
- <title id="pstricks-fill-styles-title">Fill styles</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>fillstyle=style</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>fillstyle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>none</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>fillcolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>fillcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>white</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>hatchwidth=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>hatchwidth</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>.8pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>hatchsep=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>hatchsep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>4pt</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>hatchcolor=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>hatchcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>black</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>hatchangle=rot</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>hatchangle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>45</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-arrowheads">
- <title id="pstricks-arrowheads-title">Arrowheads and such</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>arrows=style</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arrows</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>-</literal></simpara>
- <simpara> Arrows:
- <literal>
- -, &lt;-&gt;, &gt;-&lt;, &lt;&lt;-&gt;&gt;,
- &gt;&gt;-&lt;&lt;, |-|, |*-|*, [-],
- (-), o-o, *-*, oo-oo, **-**, c-c, cc-cc, C-C
- </literal>
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>arrowsize=dim num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arrowsize</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>2pt 3</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>arrowlength=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arrowlength</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>1.4</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>arrowinset=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arrowinset</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara>Default: <literal>.4</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>tbarsize=dim num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>tbarsize</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>2pt 5</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>bracketlength=num, rbracketlength=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>bracketlength</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>rbracketlength</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>.15</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>dotsize=dim num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>dotsize</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>.5pt 2.5</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>arrowscale=num1 num2</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arrowscale</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>1</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-custom">
- <title id="pstricks-custom-title">Custom styles</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\newpsobject{name}{object}{par1=value1,...}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\newpsobject</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\newpsstyle{name}{par1=value1,...}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\newpsstyle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-basics">
- <title id="pstricks-basics-title">The basics</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pscustom*[par]{commands}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pscustom</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-parameters">
- <title id="pstricks-parameters-title">Parameters</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>linetype=int</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>linetype</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>0</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-graphics-objects">
- <title id="pstricks-graphics-objects-title">Graphics objects</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>liftpen=0/1/2</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>liftpen</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <simpara> Default: <literal>0</literal></simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="safe-tricks">
- <title id="pstricks-safe-tricks-title">Safe tricks</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\newpath</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\newpath</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\moveto(coor)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\moveto</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\closepath</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\closepath</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\stroke[par]</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\stroke</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\fill[par]</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\fill</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\gsave</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\gsave</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\grestore</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\grestore</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\translate(coor)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\translate</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\scale{num1 num2}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\scale</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rotate{angle}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rotate</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\swapaxes</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\swapaxes</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\msave</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\msave</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\mrestore</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\mrestore</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\openshadow[par]</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\openshadow</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\closedshadow[par]</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\closedshadow</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\movepath(coor)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\movepath</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pretty-safe-tricks">
- <title id="pstricks-pretty-safe-tricks-title">
- Pretty safe tricks</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\lineto(coor)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\lineto</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rlineto(coor)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rlineto</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\curveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\curveto</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rcurveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rcurveto</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="hackers">
- <title id="pstricks-hackers-title">For hackers only</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\code{code}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\code</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\dim{dim}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\dim</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\coor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\coor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rcoor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rcoor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\file{file}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\file</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\arrows{arrows}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\arrows</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\setcolor{color}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\setcolor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pictures">
- <title id="pstricks-pictures-title">Pictures</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pspicture*[baseline](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pspicture</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\endpspicture</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\endpspicture</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="placing">
- <title id="pstricks-placing-title">Placing and rotating whatever</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rput*[refpoint]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\uput*{labelsep}[refangle]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\uput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pslabelsep</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pslabelsep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>labelsep=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>labelsep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>5pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-repetition">
- <title id="pstricks-repetition-title">Repetition</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>
- \multirput*[refpoint]{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{stuff}
- </literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\multirput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\multips{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{graphics}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\multips</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-axes">
- <title id="pstricks-axes-title">Axes</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psaxes</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>\psaxes*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <informaltable frame="none">
- <!-- <title>Axes label parameters</title> -->
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry><emphasis>Horizontal</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Vertical</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Dflt</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Description</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>Ox=num</entry>
- <entry>Oy=num</entry>
- <entry>0</entry>
- <entry>Label at origin.</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>Dx=num</entry>
- <entry>Dy=num</entry>
- <entry>1</entry>
- <entry>Label increment.</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>dx=dim</entry>
- <entry>oy=dim</entry>
- <entry>0pt</entry>
- <entry>Dist btwn labels.</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>labels=all/x/y/none</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>labels</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>all</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>showorigin=true/false</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>showorigin</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>true</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>ticks=all/x/y/none</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>ticks</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>all</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>tickstyle=full/top/bottom</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>tickstyle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>full</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>ticksize=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>ticksize</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>3pt</literal>
- </para>
-
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psxlabel, \psylabel</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psxlabel</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psylabel</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>axesstyle=axes/frame/none</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>axesstyle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>axes</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-framed">
- <title id="pstricks-framed-title">Framed boxes</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>framesep=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>framesep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>3pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>boxsep=true/false</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>boxsep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>true</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psframebox*[par]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psframebox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psdblframebox*[par]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psdblframebox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psshadowbox*[par]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psshadowbox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pscirclebox*[par]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pscirclebox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\cput*[par]{angle}(x,y){stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\cput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psovalbox*[par]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psovalbox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-clipping">
- <title id="pstricks-clipping-title">Clipping</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\clipbox[dim]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\clipbox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psclip{graphics} ... \endpsclip</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psclip</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-rotation">
- <title id="pstricks-rotation-title">Rotation and scaling boxes</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rotateleft{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rotateleft</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rotateright{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rotateright</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rotatedown{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rotatedown</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\scalebox{num1 num2}{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\scalebox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\scaleboxto(x,y){stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\scaleboxto</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-nodes">
- <title id="pstricks-nodes-title">Nodes</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\rnode[refpoint]{name}{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\rnode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\Rnode(x,y){name}{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\Rnode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\RnodeRef</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\RnodeRef</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pnode(x,y){name}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pnode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\cnode*[par](x,y){radius}{name}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\cnode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\circlenode*[par]{name}{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\circlenode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\cnodeput*[par]{angle}(x,y){name}{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\cnodeput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ovalnode*[par]{name}{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ovalnode</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-connections">
- <title id="pstricks-connections-title">Node connections</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>nodesep=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>nodesep</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>0</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>offset=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>offset</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>0</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>arm=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arm</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>10pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>angle=angle</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>angle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>0</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>arcangle=angle</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>arcangle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>8</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>ncurv=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>ncurv</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>.67</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>loopsize=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>loopsize</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>1cm</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncline*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncline</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncLine*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncLine</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\nccurve*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\nccurve</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncarc*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncarc</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncbar*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncbar</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncdiag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncdiag</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncdiagg*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncdiagg</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncangle*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncangle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncangles*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncangles</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\ncloop*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\ncloop</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\nccircle*[par]{arrows}{node}{radius}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\nccircle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pcline*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pcline</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pccurve</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pcarc*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pcarc</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pcbar*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pcbar</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pcdiag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pcdiag</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pcangle*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pcangle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pcloop*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pcloop</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-attaching">
- <title id="pstricks-attaching-title">Attaching labels to node connections</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\lput*[refpoint]{rotation}(pos){stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\lput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\aput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\aput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\bput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\bput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\mput*[refpoint]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\mput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\Aput*[labelsep]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\Aput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\Bput*[labelsep]{stuff}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\Bput</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-coils">
- <title id="pstricks-coils-title">Coils and zigzags</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pscoil*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pscoil</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psCoil*[par]{angle1}{angle2}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psCoil</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pszigzag*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pszigzag</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>coilwidth=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>coilwidth</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>1cm</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>coilheight=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>coilheight</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>1</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>coilarm=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>coilwidth</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>.5cm</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>coilaspect=angle</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>coilwidth</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>45</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>coilinc=angle</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>coilinc</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>10</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\nccoil*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\nccoil</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\nczigzag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\nczigzag</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pccoil*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pccoil</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pczigzag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pczigzag</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-coordinates">
- <title id="pstricks-coordinates-title">Special coordinates</title>
-
- <para><literal>\SpecialCoor</literal></para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\SpecialCoor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <table frame="none">
- <title>Special coordinates and angles</title>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <tbody>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry><emphasis>Coordinate</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Example</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Description</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>(x,y)</entry>
- <entry>(3,4)</entry>
- <entry>Cartesian coordinate.</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>(r;a)</entry>
- <entry>(3;110)</entry>
- <entry>Polar coordinate.</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>(node)</entry>
- <entry>(A)</entry>
- <entry>Center of node.</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>([par]node)</entry>
- <entry>([angle=45]A)</entry>
- <entry>Relative to node.</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>(!ps)</entry>
- <entry>(!5 3.3 2 exp)</entry>
- <entry>Raw PostScript.</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>(coor1|coor2)</entry>
- <entry>(A|1in;30)</entry>
- <entry>Combination.</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
-
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="left"/>
- <colspec colsep="0" align="justify"/>
- <spanspec namest="1" nameend="3" spanname="3"/>
- <tbody>
-
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry spanname="3"/>
- </row>
-
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry><emphasis>Angle</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Example</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Description</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>num</entry>
- <entry>45</entry>
- <entry>Angle.</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>(coor)</entry>
- <entry>(-1,1)</entry>
- <entry>Coordinate (vector).</entry>
- </row>
- <row rowsep="0">
- <entry>!ps</entry>
- <entry>!33 sqrt</entry>
- <entry>Raw PostScript.</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para><literal>\NormalCoor</literal></para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\NormalCoor</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-overlays">
- <title id="pstricks-overlays-title">Overlays</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\overlaybox stuff\endoverlaybox</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\overlaybox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psoverlay{string}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psoverlay</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\putoverlaybox{string}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\putoverlaybox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gradbegin=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gradbegin</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>gradbegin</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gradend=color</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gradend</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>gradend</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gradlines=int</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gradlines</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>500</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gradmidpoint=num</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gradmidpoint</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>.9</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>gradangle=angle</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>gradangle</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>0</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-path">
- <title id="pstricks-path-title">Typesetting text along a path</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pstextpath[pos](x,y){graphics object}{text}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pstextpath</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-stroking">
- <title id="pstricks-stroking-title">Stroking and filling character paths</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pscharpath*[par]{text}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pscharpath</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pscharclip*[par]{text} ... \endpscharclip</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pscharclip</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-exporting">
- <title id="pstricks-exporting-title">Exporting EPS files</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\TeXtoEPS ... \endTeXtoEPS</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\TeXtoEPS</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\PSTtoEPS[par]{file}{graphics objects}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\PSTtoEPS</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>bbllx=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>bbllx</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>-1pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>bblly=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>bblly</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>-1pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>bburx=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>bburx</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>1pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>bbury=dim</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>bbury</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>1pt</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>headerfile=file</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>headerfile</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>s</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>headers=none/all/user</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>parameter</secondary>
- <tertiary>headers</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- Default: <literal>none</literal>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-boxes">
- <title id="pstricks-boxes-title">Boxes</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psmathboxtrue, \psmathboxfalse</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psmathboxtrue</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psmathboxfalse</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\everypsbox{commands}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\everypsbox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pslongbox{name}{cmd}</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pslongbox</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\psverbboxtrue, \psverbboxfalse</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psverbboxtrue</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psverbboxfalse</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-tricks">
- <title id="pstricks-tricks-title">Tips and More Tricks</title>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <literal>\pslbrace, \psrbrace</literal>
- </term>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\pslbrace</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&pstricks;</primary>
- <secondary>commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>\psrbrace</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="pstricks-add-packages">
- <title id="pstricks-add-packages-title">
- List of Additional &pstricks; Packages</title>
- <para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/psgo/"><literal>psgo</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Draw Go diagrams</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-blur/"><literal>pst-blur</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>&pstricks; package for "blurred" shadows</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="http://dominique.rodriguez.9online.fr/pst-eucl/"><literal>pst-euc</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Géométrie en &latex; et &pstricks;</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/More/pst-fr3d.tar.gz"><literal>pst-fr3d</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Three dimensional framed Boxes</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-ghsb/"><literal>pst-ghsb</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>&pstricks; package for HSB Gradients</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-gr3d/"><literal>pst-gr3d</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>&pstricks; package for 3D grids</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="http://members.aol.com/ManuelLuque2/optique.htm"><literal>pst-lens</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Optique géométrique</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/generic/"><literal>pst-node</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>&pstricks; package for nodes</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="http://members.aol.com/Mluque5130/pst-ob3d.tar.gz"><literal>pst-ob3d</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>A &pstricks; package for three dimensional
- basic objects
- </simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/Physics/Oscilloscopes/"><literal>pst-osci</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Oscilloscopes with &pstricks;</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-poly/"><literal>pst-poly</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Polygons with &pstricks;</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/generic/"><literal>pst-tree</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>&pstricks; package for trees</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="http://www.ensta.fr/~diam/latex/pst-uml/"><literal>pst-uml</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Draw easily diagrams with UML notation</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><ulink url="http://perso.enst.fr/~lombardy/Vauc/"><literal>vaucansom.sty</literal></ulink></term>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Drawing automata</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </section>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="fontinst">
- <title id="fontinst-title">
- <filename role="nohyphenation">fontinst</filename> (&tbd;)</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>fontinst</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>&tbd;</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="context">
- <title id="context-title">&context; (&tbd;)</title>
- <indexterm><primary>&context;</primary></indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Hagen, Hans</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <section id="context-ovw">
- <title id="context-ovw-title">&overview;</title>
- <para>&context; is based on &plaintex; and &metapost; and gets
- controlled with some Perl scripts. It's mainly targeted towards
- layout oriented users and especially useful for presentations.
- It's extensible by the use of modules and has in it's base
- distribution already a large amount of functionality.
- The preferred output format is PDF, but DVI is possible too.
- </para>
- <para>Some of the unique features of &context; are:
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Inline XML (including MathML, ChemML, and PhysML)</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>really good XML support in general</simpara>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>inline &metapost;</simpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="texinfo">
- <title id="texinfo-title">&texinfo; (&tbd;)</title>
- <indexterm><primary>&texinfo;</primary></indexterm>
- <para>&tbd;</para>
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-xindy.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-xindy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ce1a4c2c1aa..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chapter-xindy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1434 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-chapter-xindy.xml 139 2004-08-26 16:58:10Z mw $ -->
-
- <chapter id="xindy" lang="en">
- <title id="xindy-title">&xindy;</title>
- <indexterm><primary>&xindy;</primary></indexterm>
-
- <note><para>The content of this section was taken from the original
- documentation of &xindy; V2.1
- (<filename>Doc/manual*.html</filename>).
- </para></note>
-
- <para><emphasis>xindy</emphasis> means
- fle<emphasis>x</emphasis>ible <emphasis>ind</emphasis>exing
- s<emphasis>y</emphasis>stem.
- It is an indexing system that can be used to generate
- book-like indexes for arbitrary document
- preparation systems. This term includes systems such as
- &tex; and &latex;, the Nroff-family or SGML-based systems
- (e.g. HTML) that process some kind of text and generate
- indexing information. It is not fixed to any specific system,
- but can be configured for a wide variety of purposes.
- </para>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list">
- <title>Command List</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Command List</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Here is the complete list of xindy's commands that may
- be used in the index style. The symbol <literal>name</literal>
- always refers to a string. We separate the commands into
- the processing and markup commands. The commands are listed
- in alphabetical order.
- </para>
- <para>The parenthesis <literal>[</literal> and
- <literal>]</literal> denote optional parts of the syntax
- and <literal>{</literal> and <literal>}</literal> denote
- the grouping of elements. A vertical bar indicates
- alternatives. However, the enclosing round braces
- <emphasis>are</emphasis> part of the syntax and
- must be supplied.
- </para>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing">
- <title>Processing Commands</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-alphabet">
- <title><literal>define-alphabet</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>define-alphabet</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><programlisting>(define-alphabet name string-list)</programlisting></para>
- <para>Defines <literal>name</literal> to be the alphabet
- consisting of all elements of the
- <literal>string-list</literal>.
- Examples:
- <programlisting>(define-alphabet "example-alphabet" ("An" "Example" "Alphabet"))</programlisting>
- defines an alphabet consisting of exactly three symbols.
- For the successor relationship holds:
- <literal>succ("An")="Example"</literal> and
- <literal>succ("Example")="Alphabet"</literal>. The built-in
- alphabet <literal>digits</literal> is defined as follows:
- <programlisting>(define-alphabet "digits"
- ("0" "1" "2" "3" "4" "5" "6" "7" "8" "9"))</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-attributes">
- <title><literal>define-attributes</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>define-attributes</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(define-attributes attribute-list)</programlisting></para>
- <para>Defines all attributes the raw index may contain.
- Parameter <literal>attribute-list</literal> is a list of
- list of strings. The nesting level must not be more than 2.
- So <literal>(..(..)..)</literal> is allowed, whereas
- <literal>(..(..(..)..)..)</literal> is not.
- </para>
- <para>The list has two kinds of elements: strings and list
- of strings. A single string is treated as if it were a
- single element list. So the lists
- <literal>("definition")</literal> and
- <literal>( ("definition") )</literal> are equivalent.
- All elements forming a list are a so-called
- <emphasis>attribute group</emphasis>. The members of a group
- are written to the output file before any member of the
- following groups are written.
- </para>
- <para>Examples of valid attributes lists are:</para>
- <para><literal>("definition" "usage")</literal> defines two
- attribute groups. The first one contains all references
- with the attribute <literal>definition</literal> and the
- second one all with the attribute <literal>usage</literal>.
- </para>
- <para><literal>(("definition" "important") "usage")</literal>
- defines two attribute groups. The first one contains all
- references with the attributes <literal>definition</literal>
- or <literal>important</literal> and the second one all with
- the attribute <literal>usage</literal>. In the attribute
- group <literal>("definition" "important")</literal> the
- attribute <literal>definition</literal> overrides
- <literal>important</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-crossref-class">
- <title><literal>define-crossref-class</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>define-crossref-class</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(define-crossref-class name [:unverified])</programlisting></para>
- <para>Defines <literal>name</literal> to be a class of
- cross references. We distinguish two types of cross
- reference classes. <emphasis>Verified</emphasis> cross
- reference classes can be checked for dangling references.
- If for instance a cross reference points to the
- non-existent keyword `foo' a warning is issued and the user
- is advised to correct the invalid cross reference. This is
- the default. If for some reasons this mechanism must be
- deactivated the switch <literal>:unverified</literal> can
- be used to suppress this behaviour.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-letter-group">
- <title><literal>define-letter-group</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>define-letter-group</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(define-letter-group name [:before lgname] [:after lgname]
- [:prefixes list-of-prefixes])</programlisting></para>
- <para><programlisting>(define-letter-groups list-of-letter-groups)</programlisting></para>
- <para>This command defines a letter group with name
- <literal>name</literal>, which must be a string value,
- grouping all index entries that have a
- <emphasis>sort key</emphasis> beginning with the prefix
- <literal>name</literal>. The command
- <programlisting>(define-letter-group "a")</programlisting>
- is equivalent to the command
- <programlisting>(define-letter-group "a" :prefixes ("a"))</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Using the latter form one can associate more than one
- prefix with a given letter group. Also further prefixes
- can be added to an already existing letter group by simply
- defining the same letter group again. This results not in
- a redefinition but in adding more prefixes to the currently
- defined prefixes.
- </para>
- <para>Example:
- <programlisting>(define-letter-group "a")</programlisting>
- defines a letter group containing all index entries
- beginning with the string <literal>"a"</literal>.
- </para>
- <para><programlisting>(define-letter-group "c" :after "a")</programlisting>
- defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning
- with the string <literal>"c"</literal>. The letter group
- appears behind the letter group <literal>"a"</literal>
- </para>
- <para><programlisting>(define-letter-group "b" :after "a" :before "c")</programlisting>
- inserts letter group <literal>"b"</literal> between letter
- group <literal>"a"</literal> and <literal>"c"</literal>.
- This allows incremental definition of letter groups by
- extending already defined ones.
- </para>
- <para>The arguments <literal>:after</literal> and
- <literal>:before</literal> define a partial order on the
- letter groups. &xindy; tries to convert this partial order
- into a total one. If this is impossible due to circular
- definitions, an error is reported. If more than one
- possible total ordering can result, it is left open
- which one is used, so one should always define a complete
- total order.
- </para>
- <para>The command <literal>define-letter-groups</literal>
- (with an `s' at the end) is simply an abbreviation for
- a sequence of <literal>define-letter-group</literal>
- definitions where the elements are ordered in the
- ordering given by the list. Example:
- <programlisting>(define-letter-groups ("a" "b" "c")</programlisting>
- equals the definitions
- <programlisting>(define-letter-group "a")
-(define-letter-group "b" :after "a")
-(define-letter-group "c" :after "b")</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>See also commands
- <literal>markup-letter-group-list</literal>
- and <literal>markup-letter-group</literal> for further
- information.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class">
- <title><literal>define-location-class</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>define-location-class</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <programlisting>(define-location-class name layer-list
- [:min-range-length num]
- [:hierdepth depth]
- [:var])</programlisting>
-
- <para>Defines <literal>name</literal> to be a location
- class consisting of the given list of layers. A list of
- layers consists of names of basetypes and/or strings
- representing separators. Separators must follow the
- keyword argument <literal>:sep</literal>. If the keyword
- <literal>:min-range-length</literal> is specified we
- define the <emphasis>minimum range length</emphasis>
- to be used when building ranges. The argument
- <literal>num</literal> must be a positive integer number
- or the keyword <literal>none</literal> in which case
- the building of ranges is disallowed. If the switch
- <literal>:var</literal> is specified the declared class
- is of type <emphasis>variable</emphasis>, i.e. it is a
- <emphasis>var-location-class</emphasis>. Since building
- of ranges is currently only allowed for standard classes
- <literal>:var</literal> and
- <literal>:min-range-length</literal>
- must not be used together. The keyword argument
- <literal>:hierdepth</literal> can be used to declare that
- the location references have to be tagged in a
- hierarchical form. Its argument <literal>depth</literal>
- must be an integer number indicating the number of layers
- the hierarchy does contain. See command
- <literal>markup-locref-list</literal> for more information.
- Examples:
- <programlisting>(define-location-class "page-numbers" ("arabic-numbers")
- :minimum-range-length 3)</programlisting>
- Defines the location class <literal>page-numbers</literal>
- consisting of one layer which is the alphabet
- <literal>arabic-numbers</literal>. Since the minimum range
- length is set to 3 the location references 2, 3 and 4 don't
- form a range because the range length is only 2. But the
- references 6, 7, 8, and 9 are enough to form a range. Some
- example instances of this class are
- <literal>0, 1, ... 2313</literal>, etc.
- <programlisting>(define-location-class "sections" :var
- ("arabic-numbers" :sep "."
- "arabic-numbers" :sep "."
- "arabic-numbers"))</programlisting>
- defines a variable location class. Valid instances are
- <literal>1, 1.1, 1.2, 2, 2.4.5</literal>, but none of
- <literal>2-3</literal> (wrong separator),
- <literal>1.2.3.4</literal> (more than 3 layers),
- <literal>2.3.iv</literal> (roman number instead of arabic one).
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class-order">
- <title><literal>define-location-class-order</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>define-location-class-order</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(define-location-class-order list)</programlisting></para>
- <para>Defines the order in which the location classes are
- written to the output file. The parameter
- <literal>list</literal> is a list of names of location
- classes. Examples:
- <programlisting>(define-location-class-order
- ("page-numbers" "sections" "xrefs"))</programlisting>
- tells the system that the page numbers should appear before
- the section numbers and that the cross references should
- appear at the end. If this command is omitted, the
- declaration order of the location classes in the index
- style is implicitly used as the output order. In the case
- that a location class does not appear in the list, the
- output may behave unexpectedly, so one should always
- enumerate all used location classes when using this command.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-rule-set">
- <title><literal>define-rule-set</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>define-rule-set</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(define-rule-set name
- [ :inherit-from ("rule-set" "rule-set-2") ]
- :rules (&lt;rule&gt;...) )</programlisting></para>
- <para>A complete specification of a multi-phase sorting process
- for a language requires that some rules have to appear
- in several subsequent sorting phases. Rule sets can be
- used to define a set of rules that can be instantiated in
- an arbitrary sorting phase. Basically, they offer means to
- separate the definition of sorting rules from their
- instantiation, hence, acting as a wrapper for calls
- to <literal>sort-rule</literal>. They do not add new
- functionality that is not already present with
- <literal>sort-rule</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>A rule can be of the form:
- <programlisting>&lt;rule&gt; ::= ("pattern" "replacement"
- [:string|:bregexp|:egegexp] [:again])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>The following incomplete example defines a new rule
- set of name <literal>isolatin1-tolower</literal> that
- inherits definitions from rule set
- <literal>latin-tolower</literal>, overriding or adding
- the sort rules in the list of <literal>:rules</literal>.
- <programlisting>(define-rule-set "isolatin1-tolower"
-
- :inherit-from ("latin-tolower")
-
- :rules (("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ...
- )
-...)</programlisting>
- Rule sets can be instantiated with the command
- <literal>use-rule-set</literal>. For further descriptions
- on the sorting model refer to the command
- <literal>sort-rule</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-sort-rule-orientations">
- <title><literal>define-sort-rule-orientations</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>define-sort-rule-orientations</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(define-sort-rule-orientations (orientations...))</programlisting></para>
- <para>Defines the order for the different sorting phases.
- The currently implemented <emphasis>orientations</emphasis>
- are <literal>forward</literal> and
- <literal>backward</literal>.
- This command must precede all <literal>sort-rule</literal>
- commands in an index style. It defines the orientations
- and implicitly sets the maximum number of sorting
- phases performed.
- </para>
- <para>For further descriptions on the sorting model refer
- to the command <literal>sort-rule</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-rule">
- <title><literal>merge-rule</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>merge-rule</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para><programlisting>(merge-rule pattern replacement [:again]
- [:bregexp | :eregexp | :string])</programlisting></para>
- <para>Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to
- generate the <emphasis>merge key</emphasis> from the
- <emphasis>main key</emphasis> of an index entry. This
- mapping is necessary to map all keywords that are
- differently written but belong to the same keyword
- to the same canonical keyword.
- </para>
- <para>The parameter <literal>pattern</literal> can be a
- POSIX-compliant regular expression or an ordinary string.
- The implementation uses the GNU Rx regular expression
- library which implements the POSIX regular expressions.
- Regular expressions (REs) can be specified as
- <emphasis>basic regular expressions</emphasis> (BREs) or
- <emphasis>extended regular expressions</emphasis> (EREs).
- You can use the switch <literal>:bregexp</literal> to
- force the interpretation of the pattern as a BRE, or
- <literal>:eregexp</literal> to interpret it as an ERE.
- If you want xindy to interpret the pattern literally, use
- the switch <literal>:string</literal>. If none of these
- switches is selected, xindy uses an auto-detection
- mechanism to decide, if the pattern is a regular
- expression or not. If it recognizes the pattern as
- a RE, it interprets it as an ERE by default.
- </para>
- <para>The parameter <literal>replacement</literal> must be
- a string possibly containing the special characters
- <literal>&amp;</literal> (substitutes for the complete
- match) and <literal>\1 ,..., \9</literal> (substituting
- for the <emphasis>n</emphasis>-th submatch. Examples:
- <programlisting>(merge-rule "A" "a")</programlisting>
- replaces each occurrence of the uppercase letter
- <literal>`A'</literal> with its lowercase counterpart.
- <programlisting>(merge-rule "\~"([AEOUaeou])" "\1")</programlisting>
- transforms the &tex; umlaut-letters into their stripped
- counterparts, such that <literal>`\"A '</literal> is
- treated as an <literal>`A'</literal> afterwards.
- </para>
- <para>The following sequences have a special meaning:
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>` ~n '</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>End of line symbol
- (<emphasis>linefeed</emphasis>).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>` ~b '</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The ISO-Latin character with the lowest
- ordinal number.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>` ~e ' </literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The ISO-Latin character with the highest ordinal
- number.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>` ~~ ' </literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The tilde character.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>` ~" '</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The double quote character.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>Tilde characters and double quotes have to be quoted
- themselves with a tilde character. The special characters
- <literal>` ~b '</literal> and <literal>` ~e '</literal>
- allow the definition of arbitrary sorting orders by rules.
- In connection with an additional character every position
- in the alphabet can be described. E.g.
- <literal>` m~e '</literal> is lexicographically placed
- between <literal>`m'</literal> and <literal>`n'</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>Due to efficiency, rules that just exchange characters
- or substitute constant character sequences are not treated
- as regular expressions. Therefore, instead of using the rule
- <programlisting>(merge-rule "[A-Z]" "&amp;")</programlisting>
- it is more efficient (though less comfortable) to use
- <programlisting>(merge-rule "A" "Ax")
-(merge-rule "B" "Bx")
-...
-(merge-rule "Z" "Zx")</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Usually rules are applied in order of their definition.
- Rules with a special prefix precede those that begin with
- a class of characters, so that the search pattern
- <literal>`alpha'</literal> is checked before
- <literal>`.*'</literal>, but <literal>`auto'</literal> and
- <literal>`a.*'</literal> are checked in order of their
- definition.
- </para>
- <para>The first rule from a style file that matches the
- input is applied and the process restarts behind the
- substituted text. If no rule could be applied, the
- actual character is copied from the input and the
- process continues with the next character.
- </para>
- <para>Sometimes it is necessary to apply rules anew to the
- result of a transformation. By specifying the keyword
- argument <literal>:again</literal> in the merge rule the
- rule is marked as mutable, which means that after using
- this rule the transformation process shall restart
- at the same place. E.g. the rule
- <programlisting>(merge-rule "\$(.*)\$" "\1" :again)</programlisting>
- deletes <emphasis>all</emphasis> surrounding
- <literal>`$ '</literal> symbols from the input.
- </para>
- <para>See also command <literal>sort-rule</literal>.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-to">
- <title><literal>merge-to</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>merge-to</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(merge-to attr-from attr-to [:drop])</programlisting></para>
- <para>A merge rule says that the attribute
- <literal>attr-from</literal> can be used to build ranges in
- <literal>attr-to</literal>. Both attributes must name valid
- attribute names. The switch <literal>:drop</literal>
- indicates, that the original location reference with
- attribute <literal>attr-from</literal> has to be dropped
- (removed), if a successful range was built with location
- references in attribute <literal>attr-to</literal>.
- A detailed description is given in the section about
- processing phases.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-require">
- <title><literal>require</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>require</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(require filename)</programlisting></para>
- <para>This command allows to load more index style modules.
- The module is searched in the directories defined in the
- search path. The file is read in and processing of the
- current file continues. The argument
- <literal>filename</literal> must be a string. This allows
- to decompose the index style into several modules that
- can be included into the topmost index style file.
- Example:
- <programlisting>(require "french/alphabet.xdy")
-(require "french/sort-rules.xdy")
-(require "tex/locations.xdy")
-(require "tex/markup.xdy")</programlisting>
- Submodules can load other submodules as well. If a file is
- required that was already loaded, the
- <literal>require</literal> command is simply ignored and
- processing continues without including this file twice.
- See also command searchpath.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath">
- <title><literal>searchpath</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>searchpath</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(searchpath {path-string | path-list})</programlisting></para>
- <para>This command adds the given paths to the list of paths,
- xindy searches for index style files. The argument
- <literal>path-string</literal> must be a colon-separated
- string of directory names. If this path ends with a colon
- the default search path is added to the end of the path
- list. Example:
- <programlisting>(searchpath ".:/usr/local/lib/xindy:/usr/local/lib/xindy/english:")</programlisting>
- adds the specified directories to the search path. Since the
- last path ends with a colon, the built-in search path is
- added at the end. Specifying
- <programlisting>(searchpath ("."
- "/usr/local/lib/xindy"
- "/usr/local/lib/xindy/english"
- :default))</programlisting>
- yields exactly the same result as the example above. Here
- <literal>path-list</literal> must be a list of strings and/or
- the keyword(s) <literal>:default</literal> and
- <literal>:last</literal>. The keyword
- <literal>:default</literal> signifies that the default pathnames
- are to be inserted at the specified position in the list.
- The keyword <literal>:last</literal> allows to insert the
- currently active paths at the indicated position. Since
- this allows to insert the built-in paths at any position
- and incrementally adding new paths to the search path,
- this version of the command ist more flexible than
- the first version.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-sort-rule">
- <title><literal>sort-rule</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>sort-rule</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(sort-rule pattern replacement [:run level] [:again])</programlisting></para>
- <para>Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to
- generate the <emphasis>sort key</emphasis> of an index entry
- from the <emphasis>merge key</emphasis>. This key is used
- to sort the index entries lexicographically after they
- have been merged using the merge key.
- </para>
- <para>The argument <literal>:run</literal> indicates that this
- rule is only in effect a the specified
- <emphasis>level</emphasis> (default is level 0). For a
- detailed discussion on the definition of sort rules for
- different layers refer to the documentation about the new
- sorting scheme (<literal>new-sort-rules</literal>) that
- comes with this distribution.
- </para>
- <para>See command <literal>merge-rule</literal> for more
- information about keyword rules.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-processing-use-rule-set">
- <title><literal>use-rule-set</literal></title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Processing Commands</secondary>
- <tertiary>use-rule-set</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para><programlisting>(use-rule-set [:run phase]
- [:rule-set ( &lt;rule-set&gt;... ))</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>This command instantiates the gives rule sets to be
- in effect at sorting phase <literal>phase</literal>.
- The order of the rule sets given with argument
- <literal>:rule-set</literal> is significant. Rule set
- entries of rule set appearing at the beginning of the
- list override entries in rule sets at the end
- of the list.
- </para>
- <para>The following example declares that in phase 0 the
- rule sets <literal>din5007</literal> and
- <literal>isolatin1-tolower</literal> should be active,
- whereas in phase 2 the other rule sets have to be applied.
- <programlisting>(use-rule-set :run 0
- :rule-set ("din5007" "isolatin1-tolower"))
-
-(use-rule-set :run 1
- :rule-set ("resolve-umlauts"
- "resolve-sharp-s"
- "isolatin1-tolower"
- ))</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>For a discussion on rule sets refer to command
- <literal>define-rule-set</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-markup">
- <title>Markup Commands</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Command List</secondary>
- <tertiary>Markup Commands</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>The following commands can be used to define the
- markup of the index. They don't have any influence
- on the indexing process. Since the markup scheme is
- characterized by the concept of
- <emphasis>environments</emphasis>, the syntax and naming
- scheme of all commands follows a simple structure.
- </para>
- <para>The commands can be separated into
- <emphasis>environment</emphasis> and
- <emphasis>list-environment</emphasis> commands. All
- commands of the first group support the keyword arguments
- <literal>:open</literal> and <literal>:close</literal>,
- whereas the second group additionally supports the keyword
- argument <literal>:sep</literal>. If one of these keyword
- arguments is missing, the default markup tag is always
- the empty tag. The <literal>:open</literal> tag is always
- printed before the object itself and the
- <literal>:close</literal> tag is always printed after the
- object has been printed. If a list is printed the
- <literal>:sep</literal> tag is printed between two elements
- of the list but not before the first element, or after the
- last one. All commands dealing with a list have the suffix
- <literal>`-list'</literal> as part of their command name.
- </para>
- <para>Since the number of commands and the heavy usage of
- <emphasis>default</emphasis> and
- <emphasis>specialized</emphasis> tags makes the markup
- somehow complex (but very powerful) we have added a
- mechanism to trace the markup tags xindy omits during
- its markup phase with the command
- <literal>markup-trace</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>Here follows the list of markup commands in alphabetical
- order with some of the commands grouped together.
- </para>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-attribute-group-list</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-attribute-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])
-
-(markup-attribute-group [:open string] [:close string]
- [:group group-num])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Location class groups consist of lists of attribute
- groups. The markup of this list can be defined with the
- command <literal>markup-attribute-group-list</literal>.
- </para>
- <para>To allow different markup for different attribute
- groups the command <literal>markup-attribute-group</literal>
- can be specialized on the group number with the keyword
- argument <literal>:group</literal> which must be an integer
- number. E.g., given are the groups
- <literal>("definition" "theorem")</literal> and
- <literal>("default")</literal> with group numbers 0 and 1,
- then
- <programlisting>(markup-attribute-group :open "&lt;group0&gt;" :close &lt;/group0&gt;"
- :group 0)
-
-(markup-attribute-group :open "&lt;group1&gt;" :close "&lt;/group1&gt;"
- :group 1)</programlisting>
- can be used to assign different markup for both groups
- in a SGML-based language.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-crossref-list</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-crossref-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:class crossref-class])
-
-(markup-crossref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:class crossref-class])
-
-(markup-crossref-layer [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class crossref-class])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>A crossref class group contains cross references of the
- same class. The separator between the classes is defined with
- the <literal>(markup-locclass-list :sep)</literal>-parameter.
- A list of cross references can be tagged with the
- <literal>command markup-crossref-list</literal> that
- specializes on the <literal>:class</literal> argument.
- </para>
- <para>Each cross reference is determined by a list of layers
- indicating the target of the cross reference. To define a
- suitable markup for such a list the
- <literal>command markup-crossref-layer-list</literal>
- can be used.
- </para>
- <para>Each layer of a cross reference can be assigned two tags
- that specialize on the class of the reference, like all
- other commands.
- </para>
- <para>A suitable markup for a cross reference class
- <literal>see</literal> within &latex2e; could look like that:
- <programlisting>(markup-crossref-list :class "see" :open "\emph{see} "
- :sep "; ")
-(markup-crossref-layer-list :class "see" :sep ",")
-(markup-crossref-layer :class "see"
- :open "\textbf{" :close "}")</programlisting>
- An example output could look like
- <literal>... see house; garden,winter; greenhouse</literal>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-index</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-index [:open string] [:close string]
- [ :flat | :tree | :hierdepth depth ])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Defines the markup tags that enclose the whole index
- via the <literal>:open</literal> and
- <literal>:close</literal> parameters. Examples:
- <programlisting>(markup-index :open "Here comes the index~n"
- :close "That's all folks!~n")</programlisting>
- defines that the <literal>:open</literal> string is printed
- before the rest of the index and the <literal>:close</literal>
- string appears after the index is printed.
- </para>
- <para>Additionally one can specify the form of the generated
- index. It is possible to produce flat indexes by specifying
- the switch <literal>:flat</literal>, to generate a tree with
- the <literal>:tree</literal> switch or any kind of mixture
- between both by specifying the depth up to which trees shall
- be built with the parameter <literal>:hierdepth</literal>.
- Its argument depth is the number of layers that can be formed
- into a tree. Therefore <literal>:flat</literal> is an
- abbrevation of <literal>:hierdepth 0</literal> and
- <literal>:tree</literal> is an abbrevation of
- <literal>:hierdepth max-depth</literal>, with
- <literal>max-depth</literal> being the maximum number of
- layers a keyword has. An example: the keywords
- <programlisting>("tree" "binary" "AVL")
-("tree" "binary" "natural")</programlisting>
- can be transformed in the following ways:
- </para>
- <para>A flat index (<literal>:flat</literal> or
- <literal>:hierdepth 0</literal>)
- <programlisting>tree binary AVL
-tree binary natural</programlisting>
- with <literal>:hierdepth 1</literal>
- <programlisting>tree
- binary AVL
- binary natural</programlisting>
- and a tree (<literal>:tree</literal> or
- <literal>:hierdepth > 1</literal>)
- <programlisting>tree
- binary
- AVL
- natural</programlisting>
- Most often one will create tree-like indexes or
- ones that are flat.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-indexentry-list</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-indexentry-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string] [:depth integer])
-
-(markup-indexentry [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Letter groups consists of a list of index entries. The
- command <literal>markup-indexentry-list</literal> defines
- the markup of these lists. The markup can be specialized
- on the depth if the index is hierarchically organized.
- The command
- <programlisting>(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentList}"
- :close "\end{IdxentList}"
- :sep "~n")</programlisting>
- defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped
- into the given markup tags. If additionally
- <programlisting>(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentListII}"
- :close "\end{IdxentListII}"
- :sep "~n"
- :depth 2)</programlisting>
- is defined, all index entry lists of all layers (except
- layer 2) are tagged according to the first specification,
- and the index entry list within depth 2 are tagged
- according to the second rule.
- </para>
- <para>The command <literal>markup-indexentry</literal> defines
- the markup of an index entry at a given depth. Since
- index entries may also contain subentries and the markup
- for subentries may be different in different layers,
- the optional keyword argument <literal>:depth</literal>
- can be used to assign different markup for different layers.
- If depth is ommited the default markup for all possible
- depths is defined. The top-most index entries have depth 0.
- </para>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{Indexentry}"
- :close "\end{Indexentry}")</programlisting>
- defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into
- the given markup tags. If additionally
- <programlisting>(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{IndexentryII}"
- :close "\end{IndexentryII}"
- :depth 2)</programlisting>
- is defined, all index entries of all layers (except layer 2)
- are tagged according to the first specification, and the
- index entries with depth 2 are tagged according to the
- second rule.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-keyword-list</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-keyword-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string] [:depth integer])
-
-(markup-keyword [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>The print key of an index entry consists of a list of
- strings. The markup of this list can be defined with the
- command <literal>markup-keyword-list</literal>. The keyword
- argument <literal>:depth</literal> may be specified to
- define the markup of the list at a particular depth.
- </para>
- <para>The keyword of an index entry consists of a list of
- strings. Each of these components is tagged with the
- strings defined with the command
- <literal>markup-keyword</literal>. Since we maybe need
- different markup for different layers, the optional
- keyword argument can be used to specialize this
- markup for some depth.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-letter-group-list</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-letter-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])
-
-(markup-letter-group [:open string] [:close string] [:group group-name]
- [:open-head string] [:close-head string]
- [:upcase | :downcase | :capitalize])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>The first command defines the markup of the letter
- group with name <literal>group-name</literal>. Since the
- markup of letter groups often contains the name of the
- letter group as a part of it, the other keyword arguments
- allow an additional markup for this group name. If one of
- the parameters <literal>:open-head</literal> and
- <literal>:close-head</literal> is specified additional markup
- is added as can be described as follows:
- <programlisting>&lt;OPEN&gt;
- IF (:open-head OR :close-head)
- &lt;OPEN-HEAD&gt;
- transformer-of(&lt;GROUP-NAME&gt;)
- &lt;CLOSE-HEAD&gt;
- FI
- &lt;INDEXENTRIES...&gt;
-&lt;CLOSE&gt;</programlisting>
- Here, <literal>transformer-of</literal> is a function that
- possibly transforms the string representing the group
- name into another string. The transformers we currently
- support can be specified with the switches
- <literal>:upcase</literal>, <literal>:downcase</literal>
- and <literal>:capitalize</literal> which result in the
- corresponding string conversions. If none of them is
- specified no transformation is done at all.
- </para>
- <para>The command <literal>markup-letter-group</literal>
- defines the markup of the list of letter groups.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-locclass-list</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-locclass-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Each index entry contains a list of location class groups.
- This markup command can be used to define the markup of
- this list.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-locref</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-locref [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class locref-class]
- [:attr attribute]
- [:depth integer])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>The markup tags of a location reference can be
- specialized on the three arguments <literal>:class</literal>,
- <literal>:attr</literal> and additionally, if
- sub-references are used, <literal>:depth</literal>.
- Most often one will only use a tag depending on the
- attribute. For example, all location references with the
- attribute <literal>definition</literal> should appear in
- a font series like bold, emphasizing the importance of
- this location reference; those with the attribute
- <literal>default</literal> in font shape italic. The
- markup in this case would not specialize on the depth
- or any particular class. A valid definition, suitable
- for a usage within HTML, could look like this.
- <programlisting>(markup-locref :open "&lt;B&gt;" :close "&lt;/B&gt;" :attr "definition")
-(markup-locref :open "&lt;I&gt;" :close "&lt;/I&gt;" :attr "default")</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-locref-class</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-locref-class [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class locref-class])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>All location references of a particular location
- reference class can be wrapped into the tags defined
- by this command. It specializes on the keyword
- argument <literal>:class</literal>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-locref-layer</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-locref-layer [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer] [:layer integer]
- [:class locref-class])
-
-(markup-locref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:depth integer]
- [:class locref-class])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>A location reference contains a list of location reference
- layers. The second markup command can be used to markup this
- list. It specializes on the class of the location references
- and the depth (if sub-references are used).
- </para>
- <para>The first command allows to tag the elements of a layer
- list differently. The first element of this list can is
- specialisable with <literal>:layer 0</literal>, the next
- element with <literal>:layer 1</literal>, etc. See the next
- example for an example.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-locref-list</literal></title>
- <para><programlisting>(markup-locref-list [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
- [:depth integer] [:class locref-class])</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>An attribute group contains a list of location
- references and/or ranges. Additionally a layered
- location reference itself may contain sub-references
- that are stored as a list of location references. We
- specialize the markup for these lists on the location
- class they belong to with the keyword argument
- <literal>:class</literal>, and on <literal>:depth</literal>
- that specializes on the different subentry levels when using
- location references with sub-references.
- </para>
- <para>Given is a list of location references that have the
- class description
- <programlisting>(define-location-class "Appendix"
- ("ALPHA" :sep "-" "arabic-numbers")
- :hierdepth 2)</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>This location class has instances like
- <literal>A-1</literal>, <literal>B-5</literal>, etc. The
- keyword argument <literal>:hierdepth 2</literal> informs
- &xindy; to markup these location references in a
- hierarchical form. With the commands
- <programlisting>(markup-locref-list :sep "; "
- :depth 0 :class "Appendix")
-(markup-locref-list :open " " :sep ","
- :depth 1 :class "Appendix")
-(markup-locref-layer :open "{\bf " :close "}" :layer 0
- :depth 0 :class "Appendix")</programlisting>
- we obtain a markup sequence for some example data that
- could look like
- <programlisting> \bf A} 1,2,5; {\bf B} 5,6,9; {\bf D} 1,5,8; ...</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>markup-range</literal></title>
- <programlisting>(markup-range [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
- [:class locref-class]
- [:length num] [:ignore-end])</programlisting>
-
- <para>A range consists of two location references. Markup
- can be specified with the <literal>:open</literal> and
- <literal>:close</literal> arguments and one separator given
- by the argument <literal>:sep</literal>.</para>
- <para>Since both location references are tagged with markup
- defined by the command <literal>markup-locref</literal> a
- specialization on attributes or depth is not necessary.
- Specialization is allowed on the class they belong to,
- because the separator between two location refences may be
- different for each location class. Argument
- <literal>:length</literal> can be used to define different
- markup for different lengths. In conjunction with
- <literal>:length</literal> is may be useful not to print
- the second location reference at all. For example, one
- wishes to markup ranges of length 1 in the form Xf. instead
- of X--Y. This can be accomplished with the switch
- <literal>:ignore-end</literal>.</para>
- <para>The markup tags for a range (X,Y) can be described
- as follows:
- <programlisting>&lt;OPEN&gt;
- Markup of location reference X
-&lt;SEP&gt;
- IF (not :ignore-end)
- Markup of location reference Y
- FI
-&lt;CLOSE&gt;</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>The following tags can be used to define a range of
- page numbers (given in a location class
- <literal>page-numbers</literal>) without considering the
- open and close parameters:
- <programlisting>(markup-range :sep "-" :class "page-numbers")</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>Location ranges then appear separated by a hyphen in a
- form like this:
- <programlisting> ..., 5-8, 19-23, ...</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title><literal>(markup-trace [:on] [:open string] [:close string])</literal></title>
- <para>This command can be used to activate the tracing of
- all markup commands xindy executes. The switch
- <literal>:on</literal> activates the trace. If
- <literal>:on</literal> is omitted, the command line
- flag <literal>-t</literal> can be used as well. All tags
- which are emitted but not yet defined explicitly by the
- user are tagged with a symbolic notation indicating the
- commands that must be used to define this tag. The defaults
- for the keyword argument <literal>:open</literal> is
- <literal>`&lt;'</literal> and for <literal>:close</literal>
- is <literal>`&gt;'</literal>. The beginning of an example
- output could look like:
- <programlisting>&lt;INDEX:OPEN&gt;
- &lt;LETTER-GROUP-LIST:OPEN&gt;
- &lt;LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]&gt;
- &lt;INDEXENTRY-LIST:OPEN [0]&gt;
- &lt;INDEXENTRY:OPEN [0]&gt;
- &lt;KEYWORD-LIST:OPEN [0]&gt;
- &lt;KEYWORD:OPEN [0]&gt;
- ...</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>We use a simple indentation scheme to make the structure
- of the tags visible. The symbolic tag
- <literal>&lt;LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]&gt;</literal> for
- example indicates that the tag that can be specified with
- the command
- <programlisting>(markup-letter-group :open "XXX" :group "a" ... )</programlisting>
- is emitted at this point in the markup process. By
- incrementally adding markup commands to the index, more
- and more tags can be defined until the whole markup is
- defined. This general mechanism should allow everyone
- understand the markup process. The best is to start with
- a small index, define the complete markup and afterwards
- process the whole index. Additionally one can enclose
- the symbolic tags into an environment that is neutral
- to the document preparation system, such as a comment.
- For TeX this could be
- <programlisting>(markup-trace :open "%%" :close "~n")</programlisting>
- or a definition in the TeX document like
- <programlisting>\def\ignore#1{}</programlisting>
- combined with the command
- <programlisting>(markup-trace :open "\ignore{" :close "}")</programlisting>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-command-list-raw-index">
- <title>Raw Index Interface</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Command List</secondary>
- <tertiary>Raw Index Interface</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>This section can be skipped if the reader is not
- interested in adapting xindy to a new document
- preparation system.
- </para>
- <para>The raw index is the file that represents the index
- that is to be processed. Since many different document
- preparation systems may use different forms of index
- representations, their output must be transformed in a
- form readable by xindy. We also could have written an
- configurable parser performing this task, but usually
- a tool written with some text processing tools such as
- <command>perl</command>, <command>sed</command> or
- <command>awk</command> can achieve the same task as well.
- Therefore, adapting xindy to a completely different system
- can mostly be done by writing an appropriate raw index filter.
- </para>
- <para>The format of the raw index interface of xindy is
- defined as follows:
- </para>
- <programlisting>(indexentry { :key string-list [:print string-list]
- | :tkey list-of-layers }
- [:attr string]
- { :locref string [:open-range | :close-range]
- | :xref string-list } )</programlisting>
- <para>The pseudo variable <emphasis>string</emphasis> is a
- sequence of characters surrounded by double quotes, e.g.
- <programlisting>"Hi, it's me" "one" "a string with two \"double quotes\""</programlisting>
- are three examples of valid strings. If you need to include
- a double quote as a literal character, you must quote it
- itself with a backslash as shown in the third example.
- A <emphasis>string list</emphasis> is simply a list of strings
- separated by whitespaces and surrounded by round braces.
- An example of a string list is
- <programlisting>("This" "is" "a" "list" "of" "strings")</programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>So far about the syntax. The semantics of the
- different elements are described here.
- </para>
- <variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>:key</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The argument <emphasis>string list</emphasis>
- defines the keyword of the index entry. It must be
- a list of strings, since the keyword may consist of
- different layers such as
- <literal>("heap" "fibonacci")</literal>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>:print</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The optional <emphasis>print key</emphasis> defines
- the way the keyword has to be printed in the markup phase.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>:tkey</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Another possibility to define the keys of an index
- entry is with the <literal>:tkey</literal> keyword
- argument. It can be used instead of the
- <literal>:key</literal> and <literal>:print</literal>
- arguments. Instead of specifying separately the key
- and the corresponding print key, we define the keyword
- by its layers. Each layer consist of a list of one or
- two strings. The first string will be interpreted as the
- main key, whereas the second one will become the print
- key. If the print key is ommited, the main key is taken
- instead. So the definition
- <programlisting>:tkey (("This") ("is") ("a") ("bang" "BANG !!!"))</programlisting>
- is equivalent to
- <programlisting>:key ("This" "is" "a" "bang")
-:print ("This" "is" "a" "BANG !!!")</programlisting>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>:locref</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The reference an index entry describes can be a
- <emphasis>location reference</emphasis> or a
- <emphasis>cross reference</emphasis>. The switch
- <literal>:locref</literal> describes a location
- reference. Its optional arguments are
- <literal>:open-range</literal> and
- <literal>:close-range</literal>. The
- <emphasis>string</emphasis> that must be supplied must
- somehow encode the location reference. It might look
- like the string <literal>"25"</literal> representing
- the page number 25, or <literal>"Appendix-I"</literal>
- representing the first appendix numbered in
- uppercase roman numerals.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>:open-range,:close-range</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>These are switches that do not take any arguments.
- They describe the beginning and ending of a
- <emphasis>range</emphasis>, starting or ending from
- the location reference that is given by the argument
- <literal>:locref</literal>. If they are supplied,
- the location reference may have influence on the
- way ranges are build.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>:xref</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>These arguments choose the second alternative.
- The argument <emphasis>string list</emphasis> of
- parameter <literal>:xref</literal> describes where
- the index entry should point to.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><literal>:attr</literal></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This parameter may be used to tag a location
- reference with a certain attribute or it names the
- class of a cross reference. It may also used to
- associate different markup for different attributes
- in the markup phase. If this parameter is omitted
- or is the empty string, the indexentry is declared
- to have the attribute <literal>default</literal>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>Some examples:
- <programlisting>(indexentry :key ("airplane") :locref "25" :attr "default")</programlisting>
- defines an index entry with the key
- <emphasis>airplane'</emphasis> indexed on page
- <emphasis>25'</emphasis>. This index entry has the
- attribute <literal>default</literal>.
- </para>
- <para><programlisting>(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :attr "see")</programlisting>
- defines a cross reference with the key
- <literal>house</literal> pointing to the term
- <literal>building</literal>. This cross reference belongs to
- the cross reference class <literal>see</literal>.
- </para>
- <para><programlisting>(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :open-range)</programlisting>
- is an invalid specification, since
- <literal>:open-range</literal>
- mustn't be used together with cross references.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-invoking">
- <title>Invoking xindy</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Invoking</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <section id="xindy-invoking-cmdline">
- <title>Command Line Options</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Invoking</secondary>
- <tertiary>Command Line Options</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The following command line options are accepted:</para>
- <programlisting>xindy [-h] [-t] [-v] [-l logfile] [-o outfile]
- [-L n] [-f filterprog]
- indexstyle raw-index</programlisting>
- <para>The argument <literal>indexstyle</literal> names a file,
- containing the index style description. The argument
- <literal>raw-index</literal> names a file, containing
- the raw index. Both arguments are mandatory.
- </para>
-
- <para><variablelist role="db2latex:compact">
- <varlistentry>
- <term>-h</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Gives a short summary of all command line options.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>-l</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Writes helpful information into the
- specified <literal>logfile</literal>. For example,
- the keyword mappings are written into this file,
- so one can check if the intended mappings were
- actually performed this way.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>-o</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Explicitly defines the name of the
- <literal>output</literal> file.
- If not given, the name of the
- <literal>raw-index</literal> is used with
- its extension changed to <literal>.ind</literal>
- (or added, if it had no extension at all).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>-t</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enters tracing mode of the symbolic markup tags.
- The format of the emitted tags can be defined with
- the command <literal>markup-trace</literal>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>-L</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Set the xindy logging-level to <literal>n</literal>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>-f</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Run <literal>filterprog</literal> on
- <literal>raw-index</literal> before reading.
- The program must act as a filter reading from
- <literal>stdin</literal> and writing to
- <literal>stdout</literal>. The most obvious use
- of this option in conjunction with TeX is to run
- <literal>-f tex2xindy</literal> on the index file
- prior to reading the entries into xindy.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>-v</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Shows the version number of xindy.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- Errors and warnings are reported to <literal>stdout</literal>
- and additionally to the logfile if <literal>-l</literal>
- was specified.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xindy-search-path">
- <title>Search Path</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>&xindy;</primary>
- <secondary>Invoking</secondary>
- <tertiary>Search Path</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The system uses the concept of a search path for
- finding the index style files and modules. The searchpath
- can be set with the environment variable
- <envar>XINDY_SEARCHPATH</envar> which must contain a
- list of colon-separated directories. If it ends with a
- colon, the built-in searchpath is added to the entire
- searchpath. See the command
- <link linkend="xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath">searchpath</link>
- for further details.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chunk.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chunk.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index d55d0c48c13..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-chunk.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- version="1.0"
- xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"
- exclude-result-prefixes="#default">
-
- <!-- $Id: tex-refs-chunk.xsl 142 2004-10-24 15:13:24Z mw $ -->
-
- <!-- FIXME: XHTML -->
- <!-- <xsl:import href="file:///home/mw/docbook-xsl/html/chunk.xsl"/> -->
- <!-- we use an XML catalog to resolve this file -->
- <xsl:import href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/html/chunk.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- import common customizations -->
- <xsl:import href="tex-refs-common.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- insert customization here -->
-
- <xsl:param name="default.encoding" select="'ISO-8859-1'"/>
-
- <xsl:param name="use.id.as.filename" select="'1'"/>
- <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1"/>
- <xsl:param name="html.stylesheet" select="'../tex-refs.css'"/>
-
- <!-- chunking options -->
- <xsl:param name="chunk.fast" select="1"/>
-
- <!-- Chunk the first top-level section? -->
- <xsl:param name="chunk.first.sections" select="0"/>
-
- <!-- Depth to which sections should be chunked -->
- <xsl:param name="chunk.section.depth" select="1"/>
-
- <xsl:param name="process.source.toc">1</xsl:param>
-
- <!-- How deep should recursive sections appear in the TOC? -->
- <xsl:param name="toc.section.depth">2</xsl:param>
-
- <!-- Control depth of TOC generation in sections -->
- <xsl:param name="generate.section.toc.level" select="2"/>
-
- <xsl:param name="section.label.includes.component.label" select="1"/>
-
- <xsl:param name="chunker.output.method" select="'html'"/>
-
- <!-- no titles in headers and footers -->
- <!--<xsl:param name="navig.showtitles" select="0"/> -->
-
- <!-- exchange header -->
- <xsl:template name="header.navigation">
- <xsl:param name="prev" select="/foo"/>
- <xsl:param name="next" select="/foo"/>
- <xsl:param name="nav.context"/>
-
- <xsl:variable name="home" select="/*[1]"/>
- <xsl:variable name="up" select="parent::*"/>
-
- <xsl:variable name="row1" select="$navig.showtitles != 0"/>
- <xsl:variable name="row2" select="count($prev) &gt; 0
- or (count($up) &gt; 0
- and generate-id($up) != generate-id($home)
- and $navig.showtitles != 0)
- or count($next) &gt; 0"/>
-
- <xsl:if test="$suppress.navigation = '0' and $suppress.header.navigation = '0'">
- <div class="navheader">
- <xsl:if test="$row1 or $row2">
- <table width="100%" summary="Navigation header">
- <xsl:if test="$row1">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="3" align="center">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="count($up) > 0
- and generate-id($up) != generate-id($home) and $navig.showtitles != 0">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$up" mode="object.title.markup"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>&#160;</xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </th>
- </tr>
- </xsl:if>
-
- <xsl:if test="$row2">
- <tr>
- <td width="20%" align="left">
- <xsl:if test="count($prev)>0">
- <a accesskey="p">
- <xsl:attribute name="href">
- <xsl:call-template name="href.target">
- <xsl:with-param name="object" select="$prev"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:attribute>
- <xsl:call-template name="navig.content">
- <xsl:with-param name="direction" select="'prev'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>&#160;</xsl:text>
- </td>
- <th width="60%" align="center">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="." mode="object.title.markup"/>
- </th>
- <td width="20%" align="right">
- <xsl:text>&#160;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="count($next)>0">
- <a accesskey="n">
- <xsl:attribute name="href">
- <xsl:call-template name="href.target">
- <xsl:with-param name="object" select="$next"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:attribute>
- <xsl:call-template name="navig.content">
- <xsl:with-param name="direction" select="'next'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- </td>
- </tr>
- </xsl:if>
- </table>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="$header.rule != 0">
- <hr/>
- </xsl:if>
- </div>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- FIXME: XHTML
- <xsl:param name="chunker.output.doctype-public"
- select="'-//W3C//DTD XHTML 4.01 Transitional//EN'"/>
- <xsl:param name="chunker.output.doctype-system"
- select="'http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd'"/>
- -->
-
- <!-- this enables generation of TOC in appendix
- <xsl:param name="generate.toc">
-appendix toc
-article/appendix toc
-article toc
-book toc,title,figure,table,example,equation
-sect1 toc
-sect2 toc
-sect3 toc
-sect4 toc
-sect5 toc
-section toc
- </xsl:param>
- -->
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-common.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-common.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index edb8623bb5f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-common.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- version="1.0"
- xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"
- exclude-result-prefixes="#default">
-
- <!-- $Id: tex-refs-common.xsl 137 2004-06-21 09:45:54Z mw $ -->
-
- <!-- Common customizations for all stylesheets -->
-
- <xsl:template match="toc"/>
-
- <!-- this omits the trailing '.' in numbered sections -->
- <xsl:param name="autotoc.label.separator" select="' '"/>
- <xsl:param name="local.l10n.xml" select="document('')"/>
-
- <l:i18n xmlns:l="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/xmlns/l10n/1.0">
- <l:l10n language="en">
- <l:context name="title-numbered">
- <l:template name="section" text="%n %t"/>
- </l:context>
- </l:l10n>
- </l:i18n>
-
- <!-- override template for revhistory table -->
- <xsl:template match="revhistory" mode="titlepage.mode">
- <xsl:variable name="numcols">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="//authorinitials">3</xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>2</xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" class="{name(.)}">
- <table border="2" cellspacing="4" width="100%" summary="Revision history">
- <tr>
- <th align="left" valign="top" colspan="{$numcols}">
- <b>
- <xsl:call-template name="gentext">
- <xsl:with-param name="key" select="'RevHistory'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </b>
- </th>
- </tr>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="titlepage.mode">
- <xsl:with-param name="numcols" select="$numcols"/>
- </xsl:apply-templates>
- </table>
- </div>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="symbol">
- <xsl:param name="entity"><xsl:value-of select="." /></xsl:param>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='--'"><xsl:text>-</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='BibTeX'"><xsl:text>BibTeX</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='LaTeX'"><xsl:text>LaTeX</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='LaTeX2e'"><xsl:text>LaTeX2e</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='Makeindex'"><xsl:text>Make-Index</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='PiCTeX'"><xsl:text>PiCTeX</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='TeX'"><xsl:text>TeX</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="inline.charseq"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-htmlhelp.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-htmlhelp.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index cda38a96cb8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-htmlhelp.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- version="1.0"
- xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"
- exclude-result-prefixes="#default">
-
- <!-- $Id: tex-refs-htmlhelp.xsl 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $ -->
-
- <xsl:import href="file:///home/mw/docbook-xsl-1.62.4/htmlhelp/htmlhelp.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- insert customization here -->
- <xsl:param name="use.id.as.filename" select="'1'"/>
- <xsl:param name="htmlhelp.chm" select="'tex-refs.chm'"/>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-local.mapping.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-local.mapping.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a00d019d20..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-local.mapping.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-local.mapping.xml 137 2004-06-21 09:45:54Z mw $ -->
-
-<latexbindings>
-
- <!-- LaTeX mapping, role, BEGIN -->
- <latexmapping role="begin">
- <mapping key="revhistory" text="">
- <line>&#10;</line>
- <line>\pagebreak&#10;</line>
- <line>\chapter*{%title%}&#10;</line>
- <line>\label{%id%}\hypertarget{%id%}{}%&#10;</line>
- <line>\begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}&#10;</line>
- </mapping>
- </latexmapping>
-
- <!-- LaTeX mapping, role, END -->
- <latexmapping role="end">
- <mapping key="revhistory" text="">
- <line>\end{tabular}&#10;</line>
- </mapping>
- </latexmapping>
-
-
-</latexbindings>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-pdf.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-pdf.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index e3508e53d5d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-pdf.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,584 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
-
- <!-- $Id: tex-refs-pdf.xsl 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $ -->
-
- <!-- we use an XML catalog to resolve this file -->
- <xsl:import href="http://db2latex.sourceforge.net/xsl/docbook.xsl"/>
-
- <xsl:output method="text" encoding="ISO-8859-1" indent="yes"/>
-
- <xsl:param name="latex.documentclass">scrbook</xsl:param>
- <xsl:param name="latex.documentclass.book">twoside,openright,tocleft,listsleft,smallheadings,10pt,halfparskip</xsl:param>
-
- <xsl:param name="latex.hyperref.param.common">bookmarksnumbered,backref,breaklinks,linktocpage</xsl:param>
-
- <xsl:variable name="latex.math.support">1</xsl:variable>
-
- <!-- we use the Latin Modern fonts -->
- <xsl:variable name="latex.document.font">lmodern</xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:variable name="latex.documentclass.common"></xsl:variable>
- <xsl:variable name="latex.babel.language">english</xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:variable name="latex.hyphenation.tttricks">1</xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:param name="latex.inline.monoseq.style">\texttt</xsl:param>
-
- <xsl:variable name="latex.admonition.environment">
- <xsl:text>% ---------------------------------------------- &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% Define a new LaTeX environment (adminipage) &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% Modified for DAHB, M. Wiedmann, 2003.07.25 &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% ---------------------------------------------- &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\newenvironment{admminipage}%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>{ % this code corresponds to the \begin{adminipage} command&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \begin{Sbox}%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \begin{minipage}%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>} %done&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>{ % this code corresponds to the \end{adminipage} command&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \end{minipage}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \end{Sbox}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \fbox{\TheSbox}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>} %done&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% ---------------------------------------------- &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% Define a new LaTeX length (admlength) &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% ---------------------------------------------- &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\newlength{\admlength}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% ---------------------------------------------- &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% Define a new LaTeX environment (admonition) &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% With 2 parameters: &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% #1 The file (e.g. note.pdf) &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% #2 The caption &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% ---------------------------------------------- &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\newenvironment{admonition}[2] &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>{ % this code corresponds to the \begin{admonition} command&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \begin{center}% Added MW&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> %\hspace{0mm}\newline\hspace*\fill\newline&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \noindent&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \setlength{\fboxsep}{5pt}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \setlength{\admlength}{\linewidth}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \addtolength{\admlength}{-10\fboxsep}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \addtolength{\admlength}{-10\fboxrule}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \admminipage{\admlength}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> {\bfseries \sc\normalsize{#2}}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \newline&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \\[0.3ex]&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \sffamily&#10;</xsl:text>
- <!--
- If we cannot find the latex.admonition.path;
- Comment out the next line (\includegraphics).
- This tactic is to avoid deleting the \includegraphics
- altogether, as that could confuse a person trying to
- find the use of parameter #1 in the environment.
- -->
- <xsl:if test="$latex.admonition.path=''">
- <xsl:text>%</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text> \includegraphics[</xsl:text> <xsl:value-of select="$latex.admonition.imagesize" /> <xsl:text>]{#1}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \addtolength{\admlength}{-1cm}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \addtolength{\admlength}{10pt}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \begin{minipage}[lt]{\admlength}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \parskip=0.5\baselineskip \advance\parskip by 0pt plus 2pt&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \small% Added MW&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>} %done&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>{ % this code corresponds to the \end{admonition} command&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \vspace{1mm}% Changed MW: from 5 to 1mm &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \end{minipage}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \endadmminipage&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \vspace{.5em}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \par&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \end{center}% Added MW&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
-</xsl:variable>
-
- <!-- path to admonition figure graphic files -->
- <!-- <xsl:param name="latex.admonition.path">/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/xsl/db2latex/latex/figures</xsl:param> -->
- <xsl:param name="latex.admonition.path"></xsl:param>
-
- <!-- we use scrbook which provides headers
- but they do not work yet!
- -->
- <xsl:param name="latex.use.fancyhdr">1</xsl:param>
-
- <xsl:param name="latex.use.tabularx">1</xsl:param>
-
- <xsl:variable name="latex.hyperref.param.pdftex">
- pdfauthor={Michael Wiedmann},
- pdfpagemode=UseNone,
- pdfstartview=FitH,
- pdftitle={References for TeX and Friends},
- pdfcreator={DocBook/XML db2latex-xsl},
- pdfsubject={},
- pdfkeywords={TeX, LaTeX},
- pdfpagelabels
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:param name="latex.use.parskip">1</xsl:param>
- <xsl:param name="latex.use.makeidx">1</xsl:param>
- <xsl:param name="toc.section.depth">2</xsl:param>
-
- <xsl:param name="latex.entities"></xsl:param>
-
- <xsl:param name="latex.use.subfigure">0</xsl:param>
- <xsl:param name="latex.caption.swapskip">0</xsl:param>
-
- <!-- for customizing LaTeX mapping -->
- <!-- we need this e.g. for 'revhistory' -->
- <xsl:variable name="latex.mapping.xml" select="document('tex-refs-local.mapping.xml')"/>
-
- <xsl:variable name="latex.book.varsets">
- <xsl:text>%% headings &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%\usepackage[automark]{scrpage2} &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%\pagestyle{scrheadings} &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% T1 encoding &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% character protruding for pdftex&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage[activate]{pdfcprot}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% load geometry package for setting margins&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage{geometry}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\geometry{lmargin=2.5cm,rmargin=2.0cm,tmargin=2.0cm,bmargin=2.0cm,headsep=1.0cm,footskip=1.5cm}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% title&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%FIXME&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\pagestyle{plain}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\titlehead{}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\uppertitleback{}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\lowertitleback{}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\dedication{}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\subject{}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\publishers{}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\date{</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="/book/bookinfo/date"/><xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% support for landscape pages&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage{lscape}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% used by multicolumn!&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage{calc}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <!--
- <xsl:text>%% end up with even pages&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\AtEndDocument{%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \newcommand\QuadPages{%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \setcounter{subparagraph}{\value{page}}%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \divide\value{subparagraph} by 2\relax%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \multiply\value{subparagraph} by 2\relax%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \ifnum\value{subparagraph}=\value{page}\let\QuadPages=\relax&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \null\thispagestyle{empty}\clearpage&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \else\null\newpage\fi&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \QuadPages}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \clearpage&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \markboth{Notes}{Notes}\QuadPages&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
- -->
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <!-- outputs per default \makeglossary which we don't use -->
- <xsl:param name="latex.book.afterauthor"/>
-
- <xsl:variable name="latex.book.preamble.post">
- <xsl:text>%% get rid of fancyhdr's rulers&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\nouppercase{\rightmark}}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\fancyhead[LO,RE]{\nouppercase{\leftmark}}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\cfoot{}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\fancyfoot[LE,RO]{\thepage}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% hyphenation settings&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\setlength\emergencystretch{3em}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\hyphenpenalty=1000&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\AtBeginDocument{\lefthyphenmin=3\righthyphenmin=3}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% more space for floats&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\renewcommand{\textfraction}{0.05}%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\renewcommand{\topfraction}{0.95}%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{0.95}%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{0.35}%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%% some special lists &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage{mdwlist}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%some special symbols&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\providecommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\kern-0.08em\TeX}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\providecommand\Makeindex{\textit{Make\-Index}}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\providecommand\PiCTeX{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex\hbox{I}\kern-.075emC\kern-.11em\TeX}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% Taken from "dtklogos.sty"&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text><![CDATA[% tbd. for MP/MF]]>&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage{shorttoc}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% Code to handle the revhistory, copyright,&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% and legalnotice tags like we want&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text><![CDATA[\newcommand*\mystartvskip{}
-\newcommand*\myendvskip{}
-\makeatletter
-\begingroup
-\def\vspace*#1{#1}
-\@tempskipa=\chapterheadstartvskip\relax
-\@tempskipa=-\@tempskipa
-\xdef\mystartvskip{\the\@tempskipa}
-\def\vspace#1{#1}
-\@tempskipa=\chapterheadendvskip\relax
-%\@tempskipa=-\@tempskipa
-\xdef\myendvskip{\the\@tempskipa}
-\endgroup
-
-\newcommand\originalsection{}
-\let\originalsection=\section
-\newcommand*\fakechapter{\@startsection{chapter}{0}{\z@}%
- {\mystartvskip}%
- {\myendvskip}%
- {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@chapter\nobreak}}
-\makeatother
-]]>&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% end of special code&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <!-- template overrides -->
-
- <xsl:template match="toc">
- <xsl:text>&#10;\def\dbtolatex@@contentsname{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="title">
- <xsl:call-template name="extract.object.title">
- <xsl:with-param name="object" select="."/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$title=''">
- <xsl:text>\dbtolatex@@contentsname</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$title"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="starts-with(@condition,'db2latex:')">
- <xsl:text>\shorttoc{\dbtolatex@@contentsname}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after(@condition,'db2latex:')"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-imports/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- override 'revision' -->
- <!-- use a more pleasant (IMHO) table layout for the 'revhistory' -->
- <xsl:template match="revhistory/revision">
- <xsl:variable name="revnumber" select=".//revnumber"/>
- <xsl:variable name="revdate" select=".//date"/>
- <xsl:variable name="revauthor" select=".//authorinitials"/>
- <xsl:variable name="revremark" select=".//revremark|.//revdescription"/>
-
- <xsl:if test="$revnumber">
- <xsl:call-template name="gentext.element.name"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$revnumber"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text> &amp; </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$revdate"/>
- <xsl:text> &amp; </xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="count($revauthor)=0">
- <xsl:call-template name="dingbat">
- <xsl:with-param name="dingbat">nbsp</xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$revauthor"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text> \\&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="$revremark">
- <xsl:text>\multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\parbox{\linewidth-4\tabcolsep}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$revremark"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="position()!=last()">
- <xsl:text>\\[.2em]~}}\\</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\\~}}\\</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
-
- <!-- override maketile of db2latex -->
- <xsl:variable name="latex.maketitle">
- <xsl:text>\maketitle&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <!-- override "verbatim.apply.templates":
- we support attribute 'role' with different values
- for 'fontsize', 'samepage', and 'lines'
- (see 'fancyvrb' for details)
- additionally we support 'landscape': places content on
- separate pages in landscape mode
- -->
- <xsl:template name="verbatim.apply.templates">
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'landscape')">
- <xsl:text>\begin{landscape}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$latex.use.fancyvrb='1'">
- <xsl:variable name="not_monospaced" select="local-name(.)='literallayout' and @format!='monospaced'"/>
- <xsl:text>&#10;\begin{Verbatim}[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@linenumbering='numbered'">
- <xsl:text>,numbers=left</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="$not_monospaced">
- <xsl:text>,fontfamily=default</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- extensions by MW -->
- <xsl:if test="@role">
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'small')">
- <xsl:text>,fontsize=\small</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'footnotesize')">
- <xsl:text>,fontsize=\footnotesize</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'scriptsize')">
- <xsl:text>,fontsize=\scriptsize</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'large')">
- <xsl:text>,fontsize=\large</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'Large')">
- <xsl:text>,fontsize=\Large</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role, 'samepage')">
- <xsl:text>,samepage=true</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role, 'lines')">
- <xsl:text>,frame=lines</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>]&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$not_monospaced">
- <!-- Needs to be changed to cope with regular characterset! -->
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="latex.verbatim"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="latex.verbatim"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>&#10;\end{Verbatim}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>&#10;\begin{verbatim}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="latex.verbatim"/>
- <xsl:text>&#10;\end{verbatim}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'landscape')">
- <xsl:text>\end{landscape}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- override: use 'role="nohyphenation"' to avoid hyphenation in title's -->
- <xsl:template match="filename">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@role,'nohyphenation')">
- <xsl:call-template name="inline.monoseq"><xsl:with-param name="hyphenation"></xsl:with-param></xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="inline.monoseq"><xsl:with-param name="hyphenation">\docbookhyphenatefilename</xsl:with-param></xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- override floatstyles for figures and tables -->
- <!-- we use 'floatstyle=plain' for figures and tables -->
- <xsl:template name="latex.float.preamble">
- <xsl:text>% --------------------------------------------&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% Commands to manage/style/create floats &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% figures, tables, algorithms, examples, eqn &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% Customized for DAHB by mw, 20030506 &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% --------------------------------------------&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatstyle{plain}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \restylefloat{figure}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatstyle{plain}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \restylefloat{table}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatstyle{ruled}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \newfloat{program}{ht}{lop}[section]&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatstyle{ruled}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \newfloat{example}{ht}{loe}[section]&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatname{example}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="gentext.element.name">
- <xsl:with-param name="element.name">example</xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatstyle{ruled}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \newfloat{dbequation}{ht}{loe}[section]&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatname{dbequation}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="gentext.element.name">
- <xsl:with-param name="element.name">equation</xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatstyle{boxed}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \newfloat{algorithm}{ht}{loa}[section]&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \floatname{algorithm}{Algorithm}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- override informaltable: we want a smaller font -->
- <xsl:template match="informaltable">
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'Large')">
- <xsl:text>\Large&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'large')">
- <xsl:text>\large&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'small')">
- <xsl:text>\small&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="contains(@role,'footnotesize')">
- <xsl:text>\footnotesize&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
-
- <xsl:call-template name="map.begin"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:call-template name="map.end"/>
-
- <xsl:text>\normalsize&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- we want "\noindent" in some cases -->
- <xsl:template match="para|simpara">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@role,'db2latex:noindent')">
- <xsl:text>\noindent </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@role,'db2latex:noindent')">
- <xsl:text>\vspace{1ex}\par</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- include modified table templates.
- Snapshot up to 2003-10-01 is buggy.
- -->
- <xsl:include href="db2latex-mw-table.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- include modified (enhanced) variablelist template -->
- <xsl:include href="db2latex-mw-variablelist.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- include modified (enhanced) itemizedlist template -->
- <xsl:include href="db2latex-mw-itemizedlist.xsl"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="bridgehead" name="bridgehead">
- <xsl:param name="renderas" select="@renderas"/>
- <xsl:param name="content"><xsl:apply-templates/></xsl:param>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$renderas='sect1' or $renderas='sect2' or $renderas='sect3'">
- <xsl:text>&#10;\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="$renderas='sect2'"><xsl:text>sub</xsl:text></xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="$renderas='sect3'"><xsl:text>subsub</xsl:text></xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>section*{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:copy-of select="$content"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="label.id"/>
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
- <!-- <xsl:text>\vspace{1em}\noindent{\bfseries </xsl:text><xsl:copy-of select="$content"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text> -->
- <xsl:text>\noindent\subparagraph*{</xsl:text><xsl:copy-of select="$content"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="label.id"/>
- <!-- changed, original was: \par\noindent -->
- <xsl:text>\par&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="generate.bookinfo.copyright">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="copyright" />
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="copyright">
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::copyright)=0">
- <xsl:text>% switch to fake section&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\let\section=\fakechapter&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\section*{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="gentext.element.name"/>
- <xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:call-template name="gentext.element.name"/>
- <xsl:call-template name='gentext.space'/>
- <xsl:call-template name="dingbat">
- <xsl:with-param name="dingbat">copyright</xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:call-template name='gentext.space'/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="year"/>
- <xsl:call-template name='gentext.space'/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="holder"/>
- <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::copyright)&gt;0">
- <xsl:text>\newline</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="legalnotice">
- <xsl:text>\section*{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="legalnotice.title"/>
- <xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\small&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()[not(self::title)]"/>
- <xsl:text>%\vspace{0.6em}\par&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\normalsize\rmfamily&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% switch back to normal section&#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\let\section=\originalsection&#10;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="symbol">
- <xsl:param name="entity"><xsl:value-of select="." /></xsl:param>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='--'"><xsl:text>--</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='BibTeX'"><xsl:text>{\BibTeX{}}</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='LaTeX'"><xsl:text>{\LaTeX{}}</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='LaTeX2e'"><xsl:text>{\LaTeXe{}}</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='Makeindex'"><xsl:text>{\Makeindex{}}</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='PiCTeX'"><xsl:text>{\PiCTeX{}}</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$entity='TeX'"><xsl:text>{\TeX{}}</xsl:text></xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="inline.charseq"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
-
- <!-- testing -->
-
- <xsl:template name="label.id">
- <xsl:text>&#10;% MW: label.id &#10;</xsl:text>
- <xsl:param name="object" select="."/>
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="generate.label.id">
- <xsl:with-param name="object" select="$object"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="generate.label.id">
- <xsl:param name="object" select="."/>
- <xsl:variable name="id">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$object/@id">
- <xsl:value-of select="$object/@id"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="generate-id($object)"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space($id)"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-plucker.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-plucker.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 76c85da75ae..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-plucker.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- version="1.0"
- xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"
- exclude-result-prefixes="#default">
-
- <!-- $Id: tex-refs-plucker.xsl 125 2004-04-06 19:55:32Z mw $ -->
-
- <!-- we use an XML catalog to resolve this file -->
- <xsl:import href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/1.64.1/html/docbook.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- import common customizations -->
- <xsl:import href="tex-refs-common.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- insert customization here -->
- <!-- up to now we don't need any special customizations for plucker -->
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-xinclude.xml b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-xinclude.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a3ac121209..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs-xinclude.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
-<!-- <?xml-stylesheet href="docbook-css/driver.css" type="text/css"?> -->
-
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % tex-refs-ent SYSTEM "tex-refs.ent" >
-%tex-refs-ent;
-]>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs-xinclude.xml 148 2005-05-14 15:43:12Z mw $ -->
-
-<book lang="en">
-
- <bookinfo id="bookinfo">
-
- <title id="bookinfo-title">References for &tex; and Friends</title>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Michael</firstname>
- <surname>Wiedmann</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <address><email>mw at miwie dot in-berlin dot de</email></address>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <date>V&rev; &date;</date>
-
- <revhistory>
-
- <revision>
- <revnumber>&rev;</revnumber>
- <date>&date;</date>
- <revremark>tbd.
- </revremark>
- </revision>
-
- <revision>
- <revnumber>0.2.0</revnumber>
- <date>2003-01-11</date>
- <revremark>License changed to
- <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</ulink>.
- </revremark>
- </revision>
-
- <revision>
- <revnumber>0.0.1</revnumber>
- <date>2002-06-21</date>
- <revremark>This version was adapted from the edition 1.6
- of the &latex2e; documentation, converted to &docbook; XML
- using
- <ulink url="http://www.tldp.org/downloads/">texi2db</ulink>,
- and further edited manually.
- </revremark>
- </revision>
- </revhistory>
-
- <copyright>
- <year>?</year>
- <holder>Stephen Gilmore</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>?</year>
- <holder>Torsten Martinsen</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>1988, 1994</year>
- <holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>1994 &dash; 1996</year>
- <holder>Torsten Martinsen</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>2002, 2003</year>
- <holder>Peter Karp, Michael Wiedmann</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>2004, 2005</year>
- <holder>Michael Wiedmann</holder>
- </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <title>License</title>
- <para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify
- this document under the terms of the
- GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
- Back-Cover Texts.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- </bookinfo>
-
-
- <preface id="preface">
- <title>Preface</title>
- <para role="db2latex:noindent">&latex2e; is a document preparation
- system implemented as a macro package for Donald E. Knuth's
- &tex; typesetting program.
- </para>
- <para role="db2latex:noindent">&latex; was originally conceived by
- Leslie Lamport.
- </para>
- <para role="db2latex:noindent">This updated &latex; reference
- is by no means complete,
- but it's a first step towards a more complete &latex; reference!
- We welcome if we'll get pointed to missing commands or even
- better when you make additions and further improvements and
- send them to the authors.
- </para>
- <para role="db2latex:noindent">
- <ulink url="http://www.tug.org">TUG (&tex; User Group)</ulink>
- and
- <ulink url="http://www.dante.de">DANTE (German &tex; User Group)</ulink>
- both have excellent FAQ's which answer many questions or
- give great pointers to additional resources both on the
- internet or in books. Most if not all missing packages
- can also be found on the CTAN servers.
- </para>
- <para role="db2latex:noindent">This reference is not meant to
- replace the package documentation or the standard literature
- like the &latex; handbook and the &latex; companion.
- Look there for detailed
- descriptions of the commands and even mostly more options and
- examples.
- </para>
- <para role="db2latex:noindent">The authors intend to extend
- this documentation to other
- &tex; related packages (e.g. ConTeXt, &metapost;, &metafont;,
- etc.). Contributions are very welcome!
- </para>
- </preface>
-
- <preface id ="credits">
- <title>Credits</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Credits</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The following people have contributed substantial parts
- to this documentation project or helped in some other way
- (listed alphabetically):
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Karl Berry</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Berry, Karl</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Wolfgang Borgert</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Borgert, Wolfgang</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Ramon Casellas</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Casellas, Ramon</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Holger Danielsson</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Danielsson, Holger</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>James Devenish</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Devenish, James</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Hubert Gaesslein</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Gaesslein, Hubert</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Peter Karp</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Karp, Peter</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Rolf Niepraschk</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Niepraschk, Rolf</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Hans Fredrik Nordhaug</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Nordhaug, Hans Fredrik</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Simon Pepping</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Pepping, Simon</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Bob Stayton</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Stayton, Bob</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <simpara>Herbert Voss</simpara>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>People</primary>
- <secondary>Voss, Herbert</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </preface>
-
- <!-- was proof of concept
- <toc condition="db2latex:0">
- <title>Short Contents</title>
- </toc>
- -->
-
- <toc>
- <title>Table of Contents</title>
- </toc>
-
- <!-- FIXME
- <lot label="tables">
- </lot>
- -->
-
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
- href="tex-refs-chapter-tex.xml" />
-
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
- href="tex-refs-chapter-pdftex.xml" />
-
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
- href="tex-refs-chapter-metafont.xml" />
-
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
- href="tex-refs-chapter-metapost.xml" />
-
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
- href="tex-refs-chapter-bibtex.xml" />
-
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
- href="tex-refs-chapter-makeindex.xml" />
-
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
- href="tex-refs-chapter-xindy.xml" />
-
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
- href="tex-refs-chapter-appendices.xml" />
-
-
-</book>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css
deleted file mode 100644
index c4d1e1bdc53..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/* $Id: tex-refs.css 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $ */
-
-body { background-color: whitesmoke;
- }
-
-h1.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- text-align: center;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- color: black;
- }
-
-h2.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- color: black;
- }
-
-h3.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- color: black;
- }
-
-h4.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- color: black;
- }
-h5.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
-/* font-size: small; */
- color: black;
- }
-h6.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
-/* font-size: x-small; */
- font-size: small;
- color: black;
- }
-span.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
-/* font-size: x-small; */
- font-size: small;
- color: black;
- }
-
-.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- }
-
-.authorgroup {
- background-color: #EEEEEE
- }
-
-.copyright {
- }
-
-.legalnotice {
- }
-
-.revhistory {
- }
-
-.abstract {
- margin-top: 1em
- }
-
-.toc {
- }
-
-.itemizedlist {
- }
-
-.orderedlist {
- }
-
-.variablelist {
- }
-
-.term { background-color: #EFEFEF
- }
-
-pre.programlisting
-{
- background-color: #E0E0E0;
- border: thin solid gray;
- margin-top: 1.33ex;
- margin-bottom: 1.33ex;
-}
-
-
-.footer-date { font-size: xx-small;
- font-family: monospace;
- }
-
-
-#customheader, #customfooter
-{
- /* list of fonts provides fallbacks if a font is not present */
- font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, Sans-Serif;
- /* font size, relative to body font size */
- font-size: 80%;
-
- /* line height, relative to body font size */
- line-height: 200%;
-
- text-align: center;
- vertical-align: middle;
- color: #fff;
- background-color: #009;
-}
-
-/* leave more space between last paragraph and footer */
-/* some browser do not add up the bottom margin of the prior element */
-/* and the top margin of the footer */
-#customfooter {
- margin-top: 15px;
-}
-
-/* define special font for logo */
-/* list of fonts provides fallbacks in case selected fonts are not present
-*/
-.logo
-{
- font-family: Lucida Console, Verdana, Arial, Sans-Serif;
-}
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.ent b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.ent
deleted file mode 100644
index e0a001751a1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.ent
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1" ?>
-
-<!-- $Id: tex-refs.ent 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $ -->
-
-<!ENTITY date "2005-0X-YY">
-<!ENTITY abbrdate "05-0X-YY">
-<!ENTITY rev "0.3.10">
-
-<!ENTITY bibtex "<symbol>BibTeX</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY context "ConTeXt">
-<!ENTITY dash "<symbol>--</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY dic "DocBook In ConTeXt">
-<!ENTITY komascript "KOMA-Script">
-<!ENTITY latex2e "<symbol>LaTeX2e</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY latex "<symbol>LaTeX</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY makeindex "<symbol>Makeindex</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY metafont "Metafont">
-<!ENTITY metapost "MetaPost">
-<!ENTITY pdftex "pdf<symbol>TeX</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY pdflatex "pdf<symbol>LaTeX</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY pictex "<symbol>PiCTeX</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY plaintex "Plain<symbol>TeX</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY pstricks "PSTricks">
-<!ENTITY tex "<symbol>TeX</symbol>">
-<!ENTITY texinfo "Texinfo">
-<!ENTITY xindy "xindy">
-
-<!ENTITY Default "Default:">
-<!ENTITY tbd "tbd.">
-<!ENTITY overview "Overview">
-
-<!ENTITY db2latex "DB2<symbol>LaTeX</symbol> XSL Stylesheets (V0.8pre1+20050330">
-<!ENTITY docbook "DocBook">
-<!ENTITY docbookxml "DocBook XML (V4.3)">
-<!ENTITY docbookxsl "DocBook XSL Stylesheets (V1.68.1)">
-<!ENTITY komascript "KOMA-Script">
-<!ENTITY lmodern "Latin Modern Type 1 Fonts (V0.92)">
-<!ENTITY komabook "scrbook [2004/09/16 v2.9t LaTeX2e KOMA document class]">
-<!ENTITY xsltp "xsltproc (libxml2-2.6.16/libxslt-1.1.12)">
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.ist b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.ist
deleted file mode 100644
index 798909a0ce0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.ist
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-% Index-Style for tex-refs, taken from:
-% Index-Style fuer DE-TeX-FAQ; aehnlich `scrguide.ist'; 2000/01/22; RN
-
-% $Id: tex-refs.ist 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $
-
-preamble "\\begin{theindex}\\small\\raggedright\n"
-postamble "\n\\indexspace\\end{theindex}\n"
-
-delim_0 "~\\dotfill~"
-delim_1 "~\\dotfill~"
-delim_2 "~\\dotfill~"
-
-heading_prefix "\\textbf{\\sectfont "
-heading_suffix "}\\nopagebreak\n"
-headings_flag 1
-
-%% End of file `tex-refs.ist'.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.xsl b/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a77ee198e5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/source/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- version="1.0"
- xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"
- exclude-result-prefixes="#default">
-
- <!-- $Id: tex-refs.xsl 142 2004-10-24 15:13:24Z mw $ -->
-
- <!-- <xsl:import href="file:///home/mw/docbook-xsl/xhtml/docbook.xsl"/> -->
- <!-- we use an XML catalog to resolve this file -->
- <xsl:import href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/xhtml/docbook.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- import common customizations -->
- <xsl:import href="tex-refs-common.xsl"/>
-
- <xsl:output method="html"
- encoding="ISO-8859-1"
- indent="no"/>
-
- <!-- insert customization here -->
-
- <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1"/>
- <xsl:param name="html.stylesheet" select="'tex-refs.css'"/>
-
- <!-- override bridgehead to pass down a class "attribute" -->
- <xsl:template match="bridgehead">
- <xsl:variable name="hlevel">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@renderas = 'sect1'">1</xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@renderas = 'sect2'">2</xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@renderas = 'sect3'">3</xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@renderas = 'sect4'">4</xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@renderas = 'sect5'">5</xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="5"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:element name="h{$hlevel}" namespace="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
- <xsl:attribute name="class"><xsl:text>title</xsl:text></xsl:attribute>
- <xsl:call-template name="anchor">
- <xsl:with-param name="conditional" select="0"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:element>
- </xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>